246
NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS Gulf House Engineering ARCHITECTURAL & ENGINEERING CONSULTANCY Electrical Specification Date: January 2010 Rev: 00

2.4- Electrical Specification

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 2.4- Electrical Specification

NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS

Gulf House Engineering ARCHITECTURAL & ENGINEERING CONSULTANCY

Electrical Specification

Date: January 2010 Rev: 00

Page 2: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Report Control Form Document Title Novotel Al Dana Resort Towers

Electrical Specification

Client Name & Address

Al Jazeera Tourism Company P.O. Box 11242 Manama, Kingdom of Bahrain Tel.: 0097317311004 Fax.: 00973 17311447 [email protected]

Document Reference Status &

Issue No. 00

Issue Date 11th January 2010 Lead Author

Mr. Ajee Kurien

11.01.2010 (signature & date)

Reviewer Dr. Riffat Al Waheeb

11.01.2010 (signature & date

Project Manager Approval

Mr. Ara Simonian

11.01.2010 (signature & date)

Director Approval Mr. Ahmed Bucheery

11.01.2010 (signature & date)

Report Distribution Name No. of

Copies

Swiss Planning Group

PMT: Mr. Alun Isaac, Project Director 1

Gulf House Engineering

DMT: Mr. Ara Simonian, Project Director 1

FILE

GULF HOUSE ENGINEERING P.O. Box 50900 Manama Kingdom Of Bahrain Tel. 00973 17822666 Fax. 00973 17820666 Email. [email protected]

Page 3: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER DESCRIPTION 1 SECTION 16010 BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

1.01 General 1.02 Scope of work 1.03 Electrical Supply 1.04 Earthing Requirements 1.05 Coordination 1.06 Climate Conditions 1.07 Accessibility 1.08 Storage of Material & Equipment 1.09 signs and notes 1.10 Governing Conditions 1.11 Mounting Heights 1.12 Label & identifications 1.13 Vermin Proofing 1.14 Fire & Safety Precautions 1.15 Cleaning Down 1.16 Material Submittal 1.17 Shop Drawings 1.18 As built drawing 1.19 Document 1.20 Coordination with other Authorities 1.21 Special Tools

2 SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

1 General 2 Products 3 Execution

3 SECTION 16080 ELECTRICAL TESTING & COMMISSIONING

1 General 2 Products 3 Execution

4 SECTION 16110 WIRING DEVICES

1 General 2 Products

Page 4: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

5 SECTION 16135 OUTLET BOXES

1 General 2 Products 3 Execution

6 SECTION 16150 ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS

1 General 2 Products

2. A Metal Conduits 2. B Flexible conduits (Metal ) 2. C PVC Conduits 2. D Cable Tray / Ladder 2. E Cable Trunking (Metal ) 2. F Cable Trunking (PVC ) 2.G Underground Duct

3 Execution

7 SECTION 16160 WIRES AND CABLES 1 General 2 Products

2. 1 Products General 2. 2 XLPE Cables

2. 3 MICS cables 2. 4 Flexible cables and chords 2. 5 Heat Resistant cables 2. 6 Single core PVC insulated cables

3 Execution

8 SECTION 16230 STANDBY EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATOR

1 General 2 Products

2. 1 Manufacturer 2. 2 Engine – generator performance

2. 3 Engine 2. 4 Alternator 2. 5 Control Panel 2. 6 Starter 2.7 Remote Annunciation 2.8 Fuel System 2.9 Exhaust 2.10 Emergency off switch 2.11 Lubrication

Page 5: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2.12 Inlet Air 2.13 Coupling 2.14 Auto Transfer switch

3 Execution 9 SECTION 16340 HIGH VOLATGE SWITCHGEARS

1 General 2 Products

2. 1 Climate conditions 2. 2 HV 11KV Switchgear 2. 3 Voltage Transformer 2. 4 Current Transformer 2. 5 Ring Main units

3 Execution 10 SECTION 16350 CAST RESIN AIR COOLED TRANSFORMERS

1 General

1. 1 Work included 1. 2 Reference standards 1.3 shop drawings and submittals

2 Products 2. 1 Scope 2. 2 Standards 2. 3 Core & winding 2. 4 Accessories and standard equipment 2. 5 Thermal Protection 2.6 Metal Enclosure 2.7 Electrical tests 2.8 Climatic and environmental classification 2.9 Fire behavior classification 2.10 Facility 2.11 Minimum Guaranteed Technical Parameters

3 Execution 11 SECTION 16360 HIGH VOLTAGE CABLES

1 General 2 Products 3 Execution

Page 6: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

12 SECTION 16370 OVER CURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE CORDINATION

1 General 2 Products 3 Execution

13 SECTION 16380 BATTERY SYSTEM & BATTERY CHARGER

1 General 2 Products 3 Execution

14 SECTION 16410 LOW VOLATGE DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

1 General

1. 1 Work included 1. 2 Reference standards 1.3 shop drawings

2 Products 2.A Low voltage distribution boards –MDB / SMDB / DP / MCC 2A.1 Panel construction 2A.2 Main Circuit Breaker 2A.3 Feeder circuit breaker 2A.4 Metering section 2A.5 internal wiring & cable termination 2. B Distribution boards and feeder pillars

3 Manufacturer and accessories 4 Execution, installation and commissioning

15 SECTION 16420 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR COMPONENTS

1 General 1. 1 Work included 1. 2 Reference standards 1.3 shop drawings 2 Products

2. 1 General 2. 2 Isolating Switches 2. 3 MCCB 2. 4 MCB / RCBO 2.5 ELCB 2. 6 Cartridge Fuse 2.7 Metering & Instruments 2.8 Motor starters 2.9 Contactors and Accessories

3 Execution, installations

Page 7: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

16 SECTION 16430 AUTOMATIC POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT PLANT

1 General 1. 1 Reference 1. 2 Description of work

1.3 Quality Assurance 1.4 Submittals 2 Products

2. 1 Automatic power factor correction unit (APFC) 2. 2 Harmonic Active filter

3 Execution

17 SECTION 16450 UPS SYSTEM

1 General 2 Products 3 Execution

18 SECTION 16460 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES.

1 General 2 Products

19 SECTION 16480 ELECTRICAL SERVICES TO EQUIPMENTS & MECHANICAL PLANT

1 General 2 Mechanical equipments

20 SECTION 13100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

1 General 2 Products 3 Execution

21 SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING

1 General 2 Products 3 Execution

Page 8: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

22 SECTION 13850 FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS

1 General 1. 1 General Requirements 1. 2 Reference standards and specifications 1.3 Shop Drawings / submittals

2 Products 3 Documentation 4 Installation 5 Training 6 spares

23 SECTION 16190 CENTRAL BATTERY SYSTEMS

1 General 2 Products

24 ANNEXURE: LIST OF APPROVED MANUFACTURERS

Page 9: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION – 16010

BASIC ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS

Page 10: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 2 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1.01 GENERAL 1. All general provisions contained within this, or any other, section of the

specification shall be fully applicable to each and every other section. 2. All work carried out on the installation shall be carried out in a neat,

efficient and workmanlike manner, to provide for proper operation, maintenance and repair. The work shall be in accordance with the requirements of these Specifications, and shall fulfill their true intent and meaning. No deviations from these Specifications and/or Drawings shall be made without written approval of the Engineer.

3. These Specifications and associated drawings form a composite set of

documents, intended for the selection and installation of equipment having a general and specific characteristics as detailed.

4. Unless otherwise specifically stated, the installation shall be left complete,

tested and ready for operations in all respects and fully integrated and co-ordinate with all other construction.

5. The Contractor shall submit proof as requested by the Engineer, that the

materials, appliances, equipments or devices that installs under this contract, meet the requirements of BS, NFPA as regards fire and casualty hazards.

1.02 SCOPE OF WORK 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

The work includes, but is not limited to the supply, installation, wiring, testing and commissioning of all electrical services including HV distribution switchgear, transformers, L.V. distribution switchgear, sub main distribution cabling, lighting, power, emergency lighting, fire systems, distribution boards, control panels, earthing systems, and all cables, cable ladder, trunking, cable tray and supports for the interconnection and completion of the Project..

A. The equipment used for this project shall comply with British Standards

and to the requirements of the local Statutory Authorities, EDD and Civil Defence, codes including but not limited to:

BS 196 Electrical Socket – Outlets

BS 88 (6) Electrical Fuses – Industrial & Commercial

BS 4533 Luminaries

BS 7430 British Standard Code of Practice (Earthing)

Page 11: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

BS 6651 British Standard Code of Practice, Protection

against Lightning

BS 5655 Lifts and Service Lifts

BS EN 60034-1:1988 General Requirements for Rotating Electricity

Machinery

BS 4727 Part 2 Electro-technical, power, telecommunication,

Electronics, Lighting and Colour Item

BS 5725 Emergency Exits

BS 5266-1:1999 Emergency Lighting

BS EN 1838:1999 Lighting Applications – Emergency Lighting

BS 5839:2002 Fire Detection and Alarm Systems for Buildings

BS EN 60439-1:1994 Low-voltage switchgear and control gear

assemblies

BS EN 60598-2 Luminaries – Part 2 Particular Requirements

BS 7671:2002 Regulations for Electrical Installations, IEE wiring

regulations 16th Ed.

IEC International Electro-technical Commission

Recommendations

IEC 585 Electrical Installation Guide

IEC 502 PVC Insulated Cable

IEC 606 Application Guide for Power Transformers

IEC 364 Part 1 to 5 Electrical Installation of Buildings

B. The Contractor shall satisfy himself as to the exact demarcation point in the contract and is deemed to fully understand it when he tenders his price.

C. The responsibility includes for detailed design, supply and installation of

all materials and equipment referred to or required to provide a complete installation complying with this and quoted specifications to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

D. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all liaisons with all

local authorities and utilities providers on all aspects of this Project. He shall pay all costs related to this Project made by them in the connection with the approval, installation, testing and commissioning to achieve the necessary approvals and connections including all extension of services,

Page 12: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

diversions and other charges made by them to suite the contract program

E. Working Drawings and Calculations

A list of drawings is provided in the tender documents. The drawings and these specifications shall be used as a guideline to illustrate the Scope of Work. Any queries or discrepancies shall be brought to the Engineer’s attention at tender stage. Failing this it shall be deemed that the Contractor clearly understands the scope of work and the requirements of the Contract and will carry it out at no extra cost. The contractor shall prepare or shall cause his specialist suppliers and subcontractors to prepare, workshop drawings and all necessary calculations, detail drawings, diagrams and schedules as may be required for the following purposes: - to illustrate in detail the arrangement of the various sections of the

Works and to identify and describe the various components. - to integrate and coordinate the Works with the detail of the buildings

and with the work of other trades and other service installations. 1.2 ELECTRICAL POWER

A. Incoming Power

HV intake substation, HV consumer intake substation and Transformer room for the new Tower shall be provided in new Tower. Standby Generator sets are provided with automatic transfer switch (ATS) for emergency power.

B. Transformers:

1. project requires 3 Nos. 11KV/415V/50Hz, 1500 KVA transformers, as

shown in the single line diagram. 2. The transformers shall be cast resin type with terminals suitable for

Top entry cable incoming and outgoing connections and constructed in accordance with BS standards, EDD codes and these specifications.

3. All HV and LV switchgear shall be constructed in accordance with appropriate BS standards and EDD specifications..

C. Main Distribution Board

See schematic single line diagram

Page 13: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 5 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1. Low Voltage Main Distribution Board shall be located in the LV room and Sub Main Distribution Board in the electrical rooms as shown on the plans.

2. LV Main Distribution Boards shall be constructed to BS EN 60439 as per the details shown in the drawings.

3. All main switchboards shall be specified to be provided from a common manufacturer.

4. Earthing system to be to as per EDD standards.

D. Power Distribution

1. Power shall be distributed throughout the building utilizing

XLPE/SWA/PVC copper cables in cable ladders and PVC ducts.

E. Final Distribution

Final sub-circuits to general service 13A switched socket outlets, FCU, lighting, etc., shall be taken off local distribution boards located within electrical final circuits shall be wired using PVC insulated copper conductors.

1.3 LIGHTING

The work included the internal and external lighting of the project, amenity lighting, emergency lights and illuminated exit signs.

Lighting shall be provided in all the rooms, corridors, services rooms, lobbies, staircases and external areas.

1.4 FIRE ALARM

An analogue addressable fire alarm system shall be installed covering the whole Tower and separate systems for the Hotel & Residential Tower

The main Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) shall be located in the control room in ground floor

Fire alarm equipment shall comply with the recommendations of British Standard and Civil Defence Authority

All cables shall be FP 200 enhanced or similar.

1.03 ELECTRICAL SUPPLY 1. The High Voltage electrical supply from Power Directorate shall be:

Page 14: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 6 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

3-phase, 11kv Delta, 50 hertz 2. The Low Voltage electrical system shall be:

a. 415V + 6%, 3 Phase, 50HZ. (As per EDD standards) b. 240V + 6%, 1 Phase, 50HZ. (Shall be as EDD Standards) 1.04 EARTHING REQUIREMENTS 1. The earthling system shall in all respects comply with the following:

- The IEE Wiring Regulations, 17th Edition and all current editions and amendments.

- Any special requirements of the Statutory Electricity Supply Authority. - Any requirements stated within this Specification. 2. The earthing system shall be as per EDD standards.

The Contractor is to ensure that the installation earthing complies with the requirements as laid down of this specification.

3. All mechanical equipments like chillers, pumps and all pipe line internal and all lines coming from outside shall be bonded and earthed using ring earth system.

4. The earthing conductor (the final conductor by which the connection to the

selected means of earthing is made) is to be copper construction and comply with BS 7430 requirements.

5. All extraneous conductive parts are to be protected equipotential bonding in

accordance with BS7671, BS7430. 1.05 COORDINATION 1. The Contractor shall be held solely responsible for the proper co-ordination

of all phases of the work and timely delivery to the site of all equipment and materials for proper execution of the Work.

It is the sole responsibility of the Contractor to fully co-ordinate the Work with all or any other disciplines and to ensure proper phasing of the Work to ensure continuity of all works under this Contract. If it becomes necessary to remake any part of these Works or that of any other discipline of trade as a result of poor or badly timed co-ordination, then all costs associated with remaking those works will borne by the Contractor.

Page 15: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 7 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2. The Contractor shall co-ordinate with all supply Undertakings and Authorities and shall include for attendance along will all costs involved in re-directing existing services.

3. The Contractor shall take into consideration all statutory and local

requirements issued by the Supply Authority, Local Authority, Central Government, Broadcasting Authority, Telephone and Telecommunications Authorities along with any other requirements to be considered for the correct and legal operation of the electrical and telecommunication installation or equipment connected to the installation as part of this Contract.

1.06 CLIMATE CONDITIONS 1. External to building and in non-air conditioned spaces, all apparatus shall

be rated an ambient temperature maximum of 55oC, minimum of 5oC and a maximum humidity of 100% rh.

2. In air-conditioned buildings, all apparatus shall be rated for ambient

temperature of 45oC maximum, minimum of 0oC and a maximum humidity of 85% rh.

3. When equipment is installed in direct sunlight, it shall either be shielded

from direct radiation of suitable noted for additional solar gains. 4. All apparatus shall be rated for continuous services twenty-four hours a

day, seven days a week throughout its normal rated life, except for necessary routine maintenance.

1.07 ACCESSIBILITY 1. All work shall be so installed as to be accessible for operation, maintenance

and repair. Deviations for the drawings may be made to accomplish this, but no change shall be made without written approval from the Engineer. Access door locations shall be approved by the Engineer before work is commenced.

1.08 STORAGE OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 1. All material and equipment, fixed or unfixed, shall be protected against

corrosion, deterioration and ingress of foreign matter. All equipment shall be kept clear of the floor of ground by means of wooden bearers or other means, and shall be protected against weather.

Page 16: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 8 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1.09 SIGNS AND NOTICES 1. All signs and notices shall be in Arabic and English with the Arabic version

being above or to the right of the English version. 2. A schedule of all signs and notices with proposed Arabic translations shall

be approved by the Engineer prior to manufacture. 1.10 GOVERNING CONDITIONS 1. The entire electrical installation shall in all respects comply with

requirements of the following in the ruling sequence listed. 1. Electricity Distribution Directorate (EDD) 2. BATELCO 3. International Electro Technical Commission (IEC) 4. IEE Wiring Regulations, 16th Edition and all current amendments. 5. British Standards (BS). 6. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) and LPC, BS standards

7. Any special requirements stated elsewhere within this Specification. 1.11 MOUNTING HEIGHTS 1. Unless otherwise stated on the drawings, the following shall be mounting

equipment centre lines above finished floor level; (shall be subjected to EDD requirements)

- Panel board 1800mm (Top of panel above FFL) - Isolating Switch 1350mm - Light switch 1350mm (100mm from door frame) - Pushbutton Switch 1350mm - Wall mounted Telephone 1350mm - Fire alarm call point 1350mm - Fire Alarm bell 2300mm

- Fire alarm panel 1800mm (Top of panel above FFL) - Socket outlet 300mm - Telephone Socket 300mm - TV/Radio antenna Socket 300mm

Page 17: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 9 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Note: Where accessories with varying mounting heights (e.g. light switch and socket outlet are shown in approximately the same location, their center lines shall aligned vertically.

1.12 LABEL AND IDENTIFICATIONS (SEE THE RELEVENT SECTION ALSO) 1. Each item of the electrical installation including electrical switchboard,

control gear etc. Shall be fitted with a non-corrodible label clearly indicating each function, circuit number and phase.

2. Each label shall be made of white plastic not less than 50mm x 12mm high

suitably engraved with black 5mm high letters and fixed by means of two brass set screws, nuts, and shake proof washers.

3. Warning labels made of red plastic with white letters at least 12mm high

reading "DANGER 415VOLTS" as appropriate shall be fixed to the lids, covers or doors of any equipment which contains terminals or conductors connected to more than one phase of a low voltage supply. The method of fixing shall be as detailed above.

4. Prior to final testing the Contractor shall confirm that all labeling is intact

over the whole site and that all cables have been fitted with circuit markers. The 11000 volts cables shall be clearly labeled "DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE" every two meters of its exposed length.

5. All conductors shall have their outer conversing colored to suit the phase to

which they are connected. 6. An instruction notice giving details of first aid treatment for electric shock

shall be positioned in an approved position in each switch room. Manufacturer's or Contractor's names or trademarks shall not exhibited anywhere through the installation without the prior approval and permission of the Engineer with exception that the Contractor's name and address may be fixed in an approved position on the main intake switchboard.

7. All labels shall be in English and Arabic. 1.13 VERMIN PROOFING 1. All items of electrical equipment shall be vermin proofed. 2. Where cables enter or leave the bottoms of switchboards, or pass through

pipe ducts, they shall be sealed by the use of hard wood plugs treated with vermin repellant and surrounded by mastic sealant.

Page 18: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 10 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

3. All spare pipe ducts shall be similarly sealed by the use of solid hard wood plugs.

4. Alternative methods of vermin sealing will be accepted, but the written

comments of the Engineer must be obtained prior to installation. 1.14 FIRE AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1. The whole of the works shall be carried out with care and so arranged as to

minimize the risk of fire and the extent of damage resulting from any outbreak of fire.

1.15 CLEANING DOWN 1. The contractor shall allow in his tender for the final cleaning down and

painting of all scratched or damaged electrical apparatus, panel boards, cubicle panels, distribution boards and transformers.

1.16 MATERIAL SUBMITTALS 1. The Contractor shall submit samples and full relevant manufacturer's

literature for all material proposed for the project, in accordance with the requirements of the relevant sections of this specification.

2. No order shall be placed until the Contractor has obtained full written

approval of the relevant material from the Engineer. 3. The Contractor shall submit a sample of the exact make, model and finish

proposed for each material required. 4. Manufacturers performance data and certified factory drawings giving full

information pertinent to the adequacy of the relevant equipment shall be submitted for approval.

5. Submittal shall be made in a manner to ensure complete information

regarding what is being offered in a manner that facilities easy filing and ready access to all data.

6. Where data certified drawings or other required information is not available

until after orders have been placed, the Engineer may give provisional approval until all requested drawings and information have been supplied to the Engineer and approved by him. It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that all necessary information is supplied to the Engineer in accordance with that progress of work.

Page 19: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 11 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

7. should the Engineer give provision approval due to lack of complete information, and should the missing information not eventually meet with approval, the Engineer shall not be held responsible for any delay of additional expense incurred. For equipment where delivery from the manufacturer is like to be prolonged, it is essential that the Contractor provided the submittal at the earliest possible, so as to ensure approval and orders in complete conformity with the progress of the works.

1.17 SHOP DRAWINGS 1. The Contractor shall submit for approval by the Engineer detailed

construction drawings before starting the work. These drawings shall comply with and complement the Tender Documents in showing physical layout of all equipment, exact location of all equipment , lighting, columns, luminaries and cable including dimensioned location of underground cables, construction and installation details, wiring diagrams, etc. No work shall be started on site until approval of the drawings has been given in writing by the Engineer.

The contractor shall submit detailed voltage drop calculations (based on

EDD regulations) and breaker rating justifications ( based on BS / IEC codes ) along with the shop drawings. The voltage drop and breaker rating calculations shall be based on the actual rating of the Mechanical equipments and cable length consideration shall be as per actual site condition.

The contractor shall consider these during at the Tender stage itself and

shall not be entitled for any extra climes or variations arising due to any change effected by the above requirements.

1.18 AS BUILT DRAWINGS 1. The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer "AS BUILT" drawings all in

accordance with the requirements for "SHOP DRAWINGS" updated to show the exact manner in which equipment is installed and shall completely cross-referenced to submittals and instruction manuals, so that they form an integrated reference to details of equipment, method of installation and maintenance.

1.19 DOCUMENTS 1. Maintenance literature: Prior to the final acceptance of the installation the

Contractor shall submit to the Engineer manuals for all equipment supplied under the Contract. The manuals shall be A4 size bound in loose leaf binders or booklets suitably enclosed and including the following:

- Single line diagram of the complete network.

Page 20: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 12 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

- Control, protection and circuit diagrams for all equipment. - Sitting up, commissioning and operating instructions. - Trouble shooting procedures - Maintenance instructions including schedules for preventive maintenance. - Complete recommended spares list including manufacturers name and

catalogue number. - Name of manufacturers local authorized representative and service agent. 1.20 COORDINATION WITH OTHER AUTHORITIES

The Contractor shall be responsible for necessary liaison work with EDD to obtain power supply to project in time and in line will construction program. Necessary statutory fees shall be paid by Client. He shall also be responsible for Testing and Commissioning of the entire installation and obtaining necessary approval from respective Local Authorities.

1.21 SPECIAL TOOLS

1. The Contractor shall supply as part of this contract all special tools required for equipment maintenance.

1.22 COMMISSIONING AND HANDOVER

The testing commissioning and adjustments of each item of equipment shall be carried out by qualified technicians and if necessary a specialist company shall be called in. They shall be the subject of a report which shall be attached to the as built documentation. The design of each report which shall be attached to the as built documentation.

END OF SECTION -16010

Page 21: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 13 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION – 16075

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

Page 22: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 14 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16075

ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Identification for raceway and metal-clad cable.

2. Identification for conductors and communication and control cable.

3. Underground-line warning tape.

4. Equipment identification labels.

5. Miscellaneous identification products.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each electrical identification product indicated.

B. Identification Schedule: An index of nomenclature of electrical equipment and system components used in identification signs and labels.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with NFPA 70.

B. Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145.

1.5 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project.

B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.

C. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.

D. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

Page 23: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 15 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Equipment identification nameplates:

1. Engraved laminated acrylic or Melamine.

a. Plates have drilled holes for screw mounting.

b. Normal power system: 10 mm minimum high white letters on dark gray background, centered on plate.

2. Provide for the following service equipment nameplates:

a. Switchgear or switchboard to include switchboard or switchgear board name, bus rating, AIC rating, and voltage and phase.

3. Provide the following for Panel boards:

a. Panel board name (e.g. CR-802A)

b. Panel board amperage rating

c. Source of power supply

d. Voltage and phase

e. Color code identification for phase conductors

4. Motors nameplates to identify motor name (e.g., S-1, Supply Fan 1), voltage, current, and phase and motor horsepower, design temperature, and rpm.

5. Motor Control Centers and Starters:

a. Motor Control Center (MCC) nameplate to identify MCC name, voltage and phase and bus rating.

b. MCC Starter nameplates to identify name of equipment or motor being controlled, current rating, horsepower, speed, trip setting and motor class.

c. MCC non-starter devices to identify name of equipment or motor being fed and size of protection device.

d. Non-MCC Starter and Variable Frequency Drives (VFD) nameplates to identify name of equipment or motor being controlled, current rating, horsepower, speed, trip setting and motor class.

6. Disconnect switch nameplates to identify voltage and phase, full load current, horsepower for disconnect switches serving motors and fuse size if fused or circuit breaker size.

7. Equipment room ground terminal bar: Each grounding electrode conductor, identify source equipment.

B. Raceway and Metal-clad Cable Identification Materials

Page 24: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 16 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Labels: Preprinted, flexible label laminated with a clear, weather- and chemical-resistant coating and matching wraparound adhesive tape for securing ends of legend label.

2. Snap-Around Labels: Slit, pre-tensioned, flexible, preprinted, color-coded acrylic sleeves, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

3. Snap-Around, Color-Coding Bands: Slit, pretensioned, flexible, solid-colored acrylic sleeves, 50 mm long, with diameter sized to suit diameter of raceway or cable it identifies and to stay in place by gripping action.

4. Self-Adhesive Vinyl Tape: Colored, heavy duty, waterproof, fade resistant; 50 mm wide; compounded for outdoor use.

C. Underground Line Warning Tape

1. Permanent, bright-colored, continuous-printed, polyethylene tape, designed for direct burial use.

2. Minimum 150mm wide and .102mm thick.

3. Embedded continuous metallic strip or core.

4. Permanently embossed legend indicating type of underground line.

D. Miscellaneous Identification Products

1. Cable Ties: Fungus-inert, self-extinguishing, 1-piece, self-locking, Type 6/6 nylon cable ties.

a. Minimum Width: 5 mm.

b. Tensile Strength: 22.6 kg, minimum.

c. Temperature Range: 0 to 85 deg C.

d. Color: Black, except where used for color-coding.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Warning Labels and Signs.

1. Comply with NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910.145.

2. Self-Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory printed, multicolor, pressure-sensitive adhesive labels, configured for display on front cover, door, or other access to equipment, unless otherwise indicated.

3. Baked-Enamel Warning Signs: Preprinted aluminum signs, punched or drilled for fasteners, with colors, legend, and size required for application. 6.4-mm grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 180 by 250 mm.

Page 25: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 17 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

4. Metal-Backed, Butyrate Warning Signs: Weather-resistant, non-fading, preprinted, cellulose-acetate butyrate signs with 1-mm galvanized-steel backing; and with colors, legend, and size required for application. 6.4-mm grommets in corners for mounting. Nominal size, 250 by 360 mm.

5. Warning label and sign shall include, but are not limited to, the following legends:

a. Multiple Power Source Warning: "DANGER - ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD - EQUIPMENT HAS MULTIPLE POWER SOURCES."

b. Workspace Clearance Warning: "WARNING - OSHA REGULATION - AREA IN FRONT OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT MUST BE KEPT CLEAR FOR 915 mm."

B. Instruction Signs:

1. Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine plastic, minimum 1.6 mm thick for signs up to 129 sq. cm and 3.2 mm thick for larger sizes.

a. Engraved legend with black letters on white face.

b. Punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners.

c. Framed with mitered acrylic molding and arranged for attachment at applicable equipment.

C. Fasteners:

1. Self-tapping, stainless-steel screws or stainless-steel machine screws with nuts and flat and lock washers.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 APPLICATION

A. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch Circuits More Than 30 A: Identify with orange self-adhesive vinyl label.

B. Accessible Raceways and Cables of Auxiliary Systems: Identify the following systems with color-coded, self-adhesive vinyl tape applied in bands:

1. Fire Alarm System: Red.

2. Fire-Suppression Supervisory and Control System: Red and yellow.

3. Combined Fire Alarm and Security System: Red and blue.

4. Security System: Blue and yellow.

5. Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System: Green and blue.

6. Telecommunication System: Green and yellow.

Page 26: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 18 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

7. Control Wiring: Green and red.

C. Power-Circuit Conductor Identification: For primary and secondary conductors No. 1/0 AWG and larger in vaults, pull and junction boxes, manholes, and hand holes use color-coding conductor tape. Identify source and circuit number of each set of conductors. For single conductor cables, identify phase in addition to the above.

D. Branch-Circuit Conductor Identification: Where there are conductors for more than three branch circuits in same junction or pull box, use color-coding conductor tape. Identify each ungrounded conductor according to source and circuit number.

E. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor Identification: Identify field-installed alarm, control, signal, sound, intercommunications, voice, and data connections.

1. Identify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and pull points. Identify by system and circuit designation.

2. Use system of marker tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used by manufacturer for factory-installed connections.

3. Coordinate identification with Project Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and Operation and Maintenance Manual.

F. Locations of Underground Lines: Identify with underground-line warning tape for power, lighting, communication, and control wiring and optical fiber cable. Install underground-line warning tape for both direct-buried cables and cables in raceway.

G. Warning Labels for Indoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Comply with 29 CFR 1910.145 and apply self-adhesive warning labels. Identify system voltage with black letters on an orange background.

1. Equipment with Multiple Power or Control Sources: Apply to door or cover of equipment including, but not limited to, the following:

a. Power transfer switches.

b. Controls with external control power connections.

2. Equipment Requiring Workspace Clearance According to NFPA 70: Unless otherwise indicated, apply to door or cover of equipment but not on flush panel boards and similar equipment in finished spaces.

H. Prior to final testing the contractor shall confirm that all labeling is intact over the whole site. The 11000 volts cables shall be clearly labeled “ danger high voltage “ every two meters of its exposed length

I. All conductors shall have their outer conversing colored to suit the phase to which they are connected

Page 27: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 19 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

J. All labels shall be in Arabic and English

K. Instruction Signs:

1. Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. Install instruction signs with approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation.

2. Emergency Operating Instructions: Install instruction signs with white legend on a red background with minimum 10-mm- high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used for power transfer.

L. Equipment Identification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and Operation and Maintenance Manual. Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system. Systems include power, lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is provided with its own identification.

1. Labeling Instructions:

a. Indoor Equipment: Adhesive film label with clear protective overlay. Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 13-mm- high letters on 38-mm- high label; where 2 lines of text are required, use labels 50 mm high.

b. Elevated Components: Increase sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for viewing from the floor.

2. Equipment to Be Labeled:

a. Panel boards, electrical cabinets, and enclosures.

b. Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.

c. Electrical switchgear and switchboards.

d. Transformers.

e. Electrical substations.

f. Emergency system boxes and enclosures.

g. Motor-control centers.

h. Disconnect switches.

i. Enclosed circuit breakers.

j. Motor starters.

k. Push-button stations.

l. Power transfer equipment.

Page 28: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 20 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

m. Contactors.

n. Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices.

o. Battery inverter units.

p. Battery racks.

q. Power-generating units.

r. Voice and data cable terminal equipment.

s. Master clock and program equipment.

t. Intercommunication and call system master and staff stations.

u. Television/audio components, racks, and controls.

v. Fire-alarm control panel and enunciators.

w. Security and intrusion-detection control stations, control panels, terminal cabinets, and racks.

x. Monitoring and control equipment.

y. Uninterruptible power supply equipment.

z. Terminals, racks, and patch panels for voice and data communication and for signal and control functions.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Equipment verification and installation coordination

1. Coordinate identification names, abbreviations, colors, and other features with requirements in the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual, and with those required by codes, standards, and 29 CFR 1910.145. Use consistent designations throughout Project.

2. Location: Install identification materials and devices at locations for most convenient viewing without interference with operation and maintenance of equipment.

3. Apply identification devices to surfaces that require finish after completing finish work.

4. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied.

5. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with location of access panels and doors.

6. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

B. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations.

Page 29: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 21 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1. Self-Adhesive Identification Products: Clean surfaces before application, using materials and methods recommended by manufacturer of identification device.

C. Nameplates:

1. Degrease and clean surfaces to receive nameplates.

2. Install nameplates adjacent to each device--parallel to equipment lines.

3. Secure nameplates to equipment fronts using self-tapping screws.

D. System Identification Color Banding for Raceways and Cables:

1. Each color band shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors, at 15-m maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 7.6-m maximum intervals in congested areas.

E. Color Code, Branch Circuit and Feeder Wiring:

240/415V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire

Phase Color

A - Red

B - Yellow

C - Blue

Neutral - Black

Ground - Green/Yellow

F. Aluminum Wraparound Marker Labels and Metal Tags:

1. Secure tight to surface of conductor or cable at a location with high visibility and accessibility.

G. Underground-Line Warning Tape:

1. During backfilling of trenches install continuous underground-line warning tape directly above line at 150 to 200 mm below finished grade. Use multiple tapes where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope exceeds 400 mm overall.

END OF SECTION: 16075

Page 30: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 22 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16080

ELECTRICAL TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

Page 31: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 23 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

A. Access shall be afforded at all times to the Engineer to enable him to inspect the Electrical Equipments.

B. Upon completion of the Electrical Equipments installation or part of the installation, the Contractor shall carry out and be responsible for testing and commissioning it, in stages if required, to ensure that it is in proper working order and capable of performing all of the functions in accordance with the Specification and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Any Electrical Equipments damaged in commissioning shall be replaced and re-tested by the Contractor at his own expense to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

C. All testing shall be carried out according to the requirements of the relevant standards and regulations as may be stated or implied in the Specification or otherwise agreed by the Engineer in writing.

D. The Contractor shall submit, no later that 6 weeks prior to he commencement of testing and commissioning, a schedule of all Electrical Equipment tests and commissioning procedures that he intends to carry out to prove that the electrical Equipment complies with the requirements of the Specification together with his proposed program for such tests and commissioning.

E. Tests shall not commence before the schedule of test has been approved and such other tests as may be required by the Engineer shall be included within the schedule or tests.

F. The Contractor shall give to the Engineer in writing at least ten days notice of the date by which he will be ready to make the specified tests on completion of installation. Unless otherwise agreed the tests shall take place within seven days after the said date on such day or days as the Engineer shall in writing notify the Contractor.

G. The tests shall as far as possible be carried out under normal working conditions to the satisfaction of the Engineer and shall extent over such periods as may direct.

H. The Contractor shall provide all skilled labour, supervision, apparatus and instruments required for testing and commissioning and within a reasonable time thereafter furnish to the Engineer a total of six certificates of all tests performed and accepted , signed by the Contractor, or an authorized person acting on his behalf, as prescribed in the appropriate regulations and specifications.

I. If any part of the Electrical Equipment fails to specified tests, further tests shall, if required by the Engineer, be repeated. The Contractor shall, without delay, put in hand such modifications as are necessary to meet the requirements as described in the Contract and any expense which the

Page 32: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 24 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Owner may have any incurred by reason of such further tests may be deducted from the Contract price.

J. Acceptance shall not in any way absolve, the Contractor of his responsibility for the performance of the Electrical Equipments after erection as a complete working system in all respect.

K. Each completed system within the installation shall be tested as a whole under normal site operating conditions to ensure that each component functions correctly in conjunction with the rest of the system.

L. The Contractor’s particular attention is drawn to the requirements of the Specification in regard to testing, commissioning and handover of the works.

PART 2 TESTING

2.01 TESTING REQUIREMENTS

A. All tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer.

B. Not withstanding the above, the testing requirements shall be endorsed by the specific requirements set out in the Specification for specialist installations, and to the particular performance standards therein.

C. Where modifications and alterations on existing system and installations are to be undertaken then the Contractor shall carry out all necessary tests to establish the integrity of such systems and installations before any modifications and alterations are commenced and again when such modification and alterations are completed.

2.02 ELECTRICAL TESTING

A. At the completion of the electrical installation for each facility it shall be tested to ensure that is satisfactory and complies with the requirements of the Specification.

B. Tests of the installation shall be carried out in the following sequence:

1. Ring main continuity 2. Protective conductor continuity, including main and supplementary

equipotential bonding 3. Earth electrode resistance 4. Measurement of insulation resistance including site built assemblies

and distribution cables 5. Check protection by electrical separation, barriers and enclosures 6. Measurement of the insulation of non-conducting floors and walls 7. Check of phase rotation

Page 33: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 25 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

8. Verification of polarity 9. Measurement of polarity 10. Measurement of earth fault loop impedance 11. Test of operation of residual current devices 12. All external distribution cables, both high, and low voltage in

accordance with the BS. 13. Fault simulation on protective devices or control system of standby

generator (if any), transformer, 13.8kv cubicles power distribution boards, motor control center (if any), etc.

14. Load test on standby generator, substation, power distribution boards, panel boards, etc.

2.03 COMMUNICATION AND CONTROL

A. All special systems such as fire and detection system shall be tested as recommended by suppliers.

B. The Contractor shall submit to the Engineer in writing the procedure to test this system as a whole for the site.

C. At the completion of these special systems installation for each facility. These installation shall be tested individually for each facility then it should be tested with their control system such as fire and detection, telephone, etc so that to see the good performance of these systems as a whole.

2.04 COMMISSIONING

A. All electrical Equipment and integral system shall be commissioned in accordance with the relevant standards and regulations given in the Specification and to the recommendations of specialist supplier’s (e.g. Switchboards, Standby Generators, Fire Protection and Alarm Systems, Cables etc.).

B. Full operational tests shall be carried out on all systems to demonstrate that they operate in accordance with the requirements of the Specification.

PART 3 INSTRUCTION AND TRAINING

A. Instruction and Training of Client’s Staff:

1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of suitably qualified personnel for the instruction and supervision of the staff nominated by the Client at site in the operation and routine maintenance of all Electrical Equipment and associated works. The instruction and training shall be for periods of six hours daily for 10 days after the satisfactory commissioning of the installation and as necessary, after each subsequent commissioning of a system or part thereof.

Page 34: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 26 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2. The Contractor shall accept for training up to two electricians in every system nominated by the Client who will be assigned to train in all aspects of the installation on site operation of the installation.

B. The cost of training will be the Contractor’s responsibility. During the training period the salaries of the trainees, their subsistence and all out their out-of-pocket expenses will be the responsibility of the Owner.

C. Before commencing the work of such training, the Contractor shall have available additional copies of sufficient “As Built” record drawings, operating and maintenance instructions and spare parts lists referrer to Section Basic Electrical Requirements, of the Specification so that the staff nominated can fully understand the operation and maintenance of the equipment. Two months prior to the commencement of commissioning and training, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer of the commissioning, regulation and testing, together with the training program.

END OF SECTION - 16080

Page 35: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 27 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16110

WIRING DEVICES

WIRING DEVICES 1. GENERAL

Page 36: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 28 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

A. Switch plates, socket outlet plates and similar items shall be of metal or plastic material as indicated on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

B. Decorative finishes of metal plates shall comply with appropriate standards,

as mentioned elsewhere. The finish and/or color shall be standard throughout the installation unless otherwise indicated or as directed by the Engineer. All switches / sockets used in plant room shall be Metal clad type and in all other areas switch finish / color shall be as per ID choice

C. Switches shall comply with standards mentioned elsewhere in the

specification and be suitable for use on inductive and resistive loads. The shall be single pole, unless other wise indicated or directed by the Engineer, and where mounted adjacent one to another they shall be grouped in a single enclosure and share a common switch plate.

D. Where indicated, switches with pilot lamps shall be provided. This lamp shall be a neon lamp with resistor and red colored lens unless otherwise indicated.

2 PRODUCTS A LIGHTING SWITCHES (GRID ASSEMBLY) 1. Lighting switches for interior use, grid type, shall be of 240 volts AC, single

pole minimum of 20A and mounted on adjustable grid enclosed in metal box. The switches shall be of quick make, slow break type and shall comply with standards mentioned elsewhere in this specification.

2. Where switches are to be flush type they shall be supplies with overlapping

cover plates finished flush with the sides of the metal box. B. EXTERNAL LIGHTING SWITCHES 1. All external lighting switches shall be one way, two way or multi-gang

arrangements and be complete with a gasket forming jet-proof and dust-proof enclosures. The switches shall also comply with standards and regulations mentioned elsewhere.

2. A suitable drain hole must be provided. C. 13 AMPERE SWITCH SOCKET OUTLETS 1. 23ov volts, switch sockets outlets shall be provided as indicated on

drawings, and shall have two-pole and earthling pin, to BS standards.

Page 37: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 29 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2. Switch socket outlets shall comply with IEE Wiring Regulations, 17th Edition and other codes of practice mentioned elsewhere in this specification and shall be double pole switched.

3. Weatherproof sockets outlets shall be provided with push-on cap retaining

ring without switch. 4. All wall mounted switch socket outlets with the exception of those mounted

in services or plant rooms shall be of the rectangular 3-pin shuttered pattern, flush mounting type with front plates as indicated elsewhere. Socket outlets shall be mounted in flush metal box. Where surface mounted socket outlets are required, they shall be of the flush pattern, mounted on a suitable adaptor boxes.

5. All surface sockets shall be provided with a 13A unbreakable plug top

complete with fuse. Each twin socket shall be counted as two sockets. 6. Plugs shall be provided with all sockets outlets and handed over to the

Engineer. 7. Socket outlets provided in service plant rooms shall be metal clad type,

surface or flush mounted as indicated in the drawings. 8. All switch / socket panels in the meeting room shall be of high quality

finish, such as in brushed aluminium with engraved pictograms explaining the function of each button.

D. 16/20 AMPERES SOCKETS OUTLETS 1. 20 amperes, 230 volts, socket outlets shall be provided as indicated on the

drawings and shall have two-poles and earthling pin. 2. Socket outlets must comply with BS standards and other Codes of Practice

and regulations mentioned elsewhere in this Specification. 3. All wall mounted socket outlets with the exception of those mounted in

services or plant rooms shall be 3-pin, flush mounting type with front plates as indicated elsewhere. Socket outlets shall be mounted in flush metal boxes complete with an earthing terminal and earth tag to connect the socket outlets are required, they shall be of the flush pattern, mounted on a suitable adaptor boxes.

4. Socket outlets provided in services or plant rooms shall be metal clad type,

surface or flush mounted as indicated elsewhere. 5. Where fused spur outlets are utilized with items of fixed apparatus, they

shall be manufactured to BS 1362:1972 with a SP fuse carried on live pole.

Page 38: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 30 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

They shall have a built-in safety shutter which closes over the live contacts immediately the fuse carrier is withdrawn.

E. SINGLE PHASE ISOLATORS AND SWITCH FUSES 1. These shall of the double pole single throw type, complying with regulations

and standards mentioned elsewhere in this specification. 2. Finishes shall be white or plastic for flush isolators or rust proof metal for

surface isolators and switch fuses. 3. All fuses shall be HRC type as described elsewhere in this specification.

These items of switchgear are to be used for the isolation of single phase items of fixed equipment fed by an individual circuit.

4. Type of equipment required is described elsewhere in this specification and

on the drawings. F. MULTI-PHASE ISOLATORS AND SWITCH FUSES 1. Multi-phase isolators and switchgear shall be used for the isolation of multi-

phase items of fixed equipment fed by an individual circuit. 2. Switches shall be of multi-pole, single throw operation and must comply

with standards mentioned elsewhere in this Specification. 3. Types of equipment are described elsewhere in this Specification. 4. These items are to be manufactured from rust proof, metal clad material. 5. All fuses shall be of HRC type, as described elsewhere in this Specification.

G. COOKER CONTROL UNITS 1. Cooker control units shall be double pole type complying with standards

and codes mentioned elsewhere and shall be fixed via 10mm2 cable. 2. All units shall be fitted with pilot light 45A double pole switch and 13A

switched socket. 3. Finishes shall be as described elsewhere in this Specification and as

indicated on drawings. 4. All units shall be of flush type with an overlapping from cover. 5. For surface installations a suitable adaptor box shall be provided.

Page 39: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 31 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

H. CONNECTIONS TO FIXED APPLIANCES 1. Final connections to this type of equipment shall be carried out by using

either an insulated copper sheathed cable or a flexible metallic conduit with heat resisting cables run through the conduit.

Supply and install a double pole isolator adjacent to each fixed appliance. Conduit kitchen equipment shall not be run in the floor screed.

2. MICC CABLE

Final connections made using MICC cables shall be of copper construction with PVC sheath of size as shown on the drawings. The cable shall comply with relevant standards and codes of practice as mentioned elsewhere in this specification. The cable must be formed into two loops before entering the fixed equipment, to allow for vibration or movement of equipment.

3. FLEXIBLE CONDUIT

Final connections made using flexible conduit are to comprise a metallic flexible conduit covered by a continuous PVC sheath and shall comply with Section "Flexible Conduit" and Fittings of this specification.

Sufficient length shall be allowed for vibration and movement of the equipment. A separate circuit protective conductor wire must be run inside the conduit.

I. SHAVER SOCKET OUTLETS

1. Shaver socket outlets shall be of the type employing a dual wound

transformer with earth free outlet, dual voltage (115 and 240V) and safe to use in a bathroom all in accordance with BS 3052.

2. Shaver socket outlets shall be provided with an "On/Off switch, indicator,

voltage selector switches and shuttered outlet suitable for British, American or Continental two pin plug.

3. Shaver socket outlets shall be insulated plate finish similar style and color

with other outlets. J. INDUSTRIAL SOCKET OUTLETS 1. Industrial socket outlets shall be single or multiple types and rating as

indicated on the drawings.

Page 40: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 32 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2. Socket outlets shall have an enclosure of IP67 integrated with switch or without as shown on the drawings.

3. Socket outlets shall be single phase with two poles and earthling pin or

three phases with three poles, earthing pin with or without neutral as shown on the drawings.

4. Socket outlet shall be integrated with 30mA (RCD) residual current device

as earth leakage protective device. K. TELEPHONE OUTLET AND DATA OUTLET PLATES 1. All outlet plates where specific shall be of similar style and finished to that

specified for the associated lighting switches and socket outlets and shall be suitable for mounting recessed of flush.

2. Unless otherwise specified telephone outlet plates shall be as BS Standard

complete with terminal box suitable for termination of 2-pair cable as a minimum and a cable clamp to secure the outgoing telephone handset connecting cable.

3. Unless otherwise specified, Data outlet plates shall be RJ45 complete with a

terminal box switch able for termination of a 4 pair cable as minimum. L. EXPLOSION PROOF WIRING DEVICES 1. Explosion proof wiring devices shall conform with BS 5501/IEC 79. M CIRCUIT AND MOTORS DISCONNECTIONS FABRICATED SWITCHES 1. General Duty Disconnect Switches: Provide surface mounted, general duty

type, sheet steel enclosed switches, of types, and electric characteristics indicated, rated 400/230 volts, 50 hertz, with 3 blades, 3-poles, incorporating spring assisted, quick make, quick brake switches which are so constructed that switch blades are visible of OFF position with door open. Equip with operating handle which is integral part of the enclosure base and whose position is clearly recognizable, and is capable of being padlocked in OFF position. Construct current carrying parts of high conductivity copper, with silver tungsten type switch contacts, and stamped enclosure knockouts.

2. Heavy Duty Safety Switches: Provide surface mounted, heavy duty type,

sizes and electrical characteristics indicated non-fusible type, rated 400 volts, 50 hertz, 3-blades, 4-poles, solid neutral, incorporating quick make,

Page 41: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 33 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

quick break type switches, so constructed that switch blades are visible in OFF position, construct current carrying parts of high conductivity copper, with silver tungsten type switch contacts, and positive pressure type reinforced fuse clips.

N SH BUTTON STATIONS 1. All push buttons shall be made of non-hygroscopic materials, non-swelling

and fitted to avoid any possibility of sticking. Non-retaining type shall be used except for emergency stop buttons which shall stay down when operated and be fitted with mushroom type heads.

2. The contacts of all push buttons shall be strong and have a positive wiping

action when operated. 3. All push buttons stations shall be provided with labels. O SUPPORTING DEVICES GENERAL 1. Materials and finishes: Provide adequate resistance. 2. Provide material, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners and supports to

carry the loads of equipment and conduit. Consider weight of wire in conduit when selecting products.

3. Anchors and Fasteners:

a. Concrete structural Elements: Use precast insert system. Expansion anchors and preset inserts.

b. Steel structural elements: Use beam clamps. c. Concrete Surfaces: Use expansion anchors.

d. Hollow Masonry, Plaster and Gypsum Board Partitions: Use toggle bolts and hollow wall fasteners.

e. Solid Masonry Walls: Use expansion anchors and preset inserts. f. Sheet Metal: Use sheet metal screws. g. Wood Elements: Use wood screws. END OF SECTION - 16110

Page 42: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 34 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION – 16135

OUTLET BOXES

Page 43: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 35 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16135 OUTLET BOXES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

Section includes outlet boxes to enclose and support devices, fixtures and equipment connections.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Comply with the Tender Invitation for Submittal Procedures.

Product Data: Manufacturer’s specifications and technical data including performance, construction, and fabrication. Catalog description of floor outlets and accessories

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Deliver products in their original packaging with legible manufacturer's identification Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

1 Interior Outlet Boxes: Provide galvanized flat, rolled sheet steel interior

outlet wiring boxes, of types, shapes and sizes including box depths, to suit each respective location and installation, construct threaded screw holes with corrosion-resistant screws for securing box covers and wiring devices.

2. Interior Outlet Box Accessories: Provide outlet box accessories as required

for each installation, including mounted brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, fixtures studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes, which are compatible with outlet boxes being and fulfilling requirements of individual wiring situations.

3. Weatherproof Outlet Boxes: Provide corrosion-resistant cast metal box

weatherproof outlet wiring devices, of types, shapes and sizes, including depth of boxes, with threaded conduit ends, cast metal face plates with spring hinged waterproof caps suitable configures for each application, including face plate gaskets and corrosion resistant fastener.

4. Junction and Pull Boxes: Provided galvanized code gauge sheet steel

junction and pull boxes or with screw on covers, of types, shapes, and sizes, to suit each respective location and installation with welded seams and equipped with stainless steel nuts, bolts, screws and washers.

5. Conduit Bodies: Provide galvanized cast metal conduit bodies, or types,

shapes and sizes to suit respective locations and installation, construct with threaded, corrosion resistant screws.

Page 44: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 36 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

6. Bushings, Knockout Closures and Locknuts: Provide corrosion-resistant punched steel box knockout closures, conduit locknuts and malleable iron conduit Bushings, offset connectors, of types and sizes to suit respective uses and installation.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

Examine areas and conditions under which Work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 APPLICATION

Provide outlet boxes for wall and ceiling mounted apparatus.

Size boxes as required by code and so they are completely covered by the required wall plate or fixture.

Surface outlets are permitted in unfinished areas.

3.3 INSTALLATION

Install wall outlet boxes plumb and level.

Anchor boxes to building structure using screws or mortar embedment. Spring clip supports are not acceptable.

Protect boxes during construction to prevent entrance of foreign materials.

Mounting heights indicated on the Drawings are measured from the center of the device outlet box to the finished floor, unless indicated otherwise. Request instructions for mounting heights not indicated.

Mounting heights and locations for outlets and equipment in specific areas when indicated on architectural elevations take precedence over mounting heights and locations indicated in electrical documents. If outlets and equipment are not indicated on the architectural elevations, the electrical documents govern.

Adjust mounting heights vertically in exposed masonry construction so bottoms of outlet boxes are along the edges of blocks; and in walls with wainscot, so that outlet boxes are not installed part in and part out of wainscot. Do not adjust mounting heights of outlets installed completely within wainscot.

Do not cut insulation in outside walls to install outlet boxes.

Page 45: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 37 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Provide outlet boxes with plaster rings for ceiling or wall light fixture outlets. Support boxes to carry loads as required by actual fixture load. Flush mount or conceal boxes in finished construction.

Support outlet boxes independently from raceway system.

Maintain accessibility and working space in front of boxes.

Size outlet boxes for special purpose outlets per manufacturer's recommendations. All boxes in finished areas of the building which are below grade, in damp or wet locations above floor service fittings, and where indicated on drawings. In finished areas provide steel boxes.

Provide non-metallic boxes compatible with the non-metallic conduit systems specified.

3.4 CLEANING

Remove dirt, plaster, mortar, wire scraps and other foreign materials from the outlet box interior. END OF SECTION: 16135

Page 46: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 38 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 160150

ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS

Page 47: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 39 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.3 SHOP DARWINGS / SUBMIITAS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.A METAL CONDUITS 2. B FLEXIBLE CONDUITS (METAL) 2. C PVC CONDUITS 2. D CABLE TRAY / LADDERS 2. E CABLE TRUNKING (METAL) 2. F CABLE TRUNKING (PVC) 2. G UNDEGROUND DUCTS PART 3 EXECUTIONS 3.1 INSTALLATION OF CABLE TRAY / LADDER / TRUNKING

Page 48: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 40 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED

Provide all labour ,material, products, equipments and services to supply and Install the cable tray / ladder / Trunking / conduits as indicated in the drawings and specified in the specification.

1.2 Reference standards

a) All electrical installations shall be carried out as per the latest issue of IEE Regulations ( BS 7671 17TH edition ) and as per the requirements of the local electricity supply authority

b) The entire installation shall be installed and tested in accordance with the relevant BS and international standards and any requirements of the local electricity authority

1.3 Shop Drawings and submittals

The contractor shall include for the preparation of detailed installation drawings of all trunking b/ conduit runs / trays & ladder and shall be submitted to the Consultants for review. Original catalogues from the supplier also shall be submitted.

2 PRODUCTS 2. A METAL CONDUITS 1. All metal conduits shall be heavy gauge welded steel complying with

BS4568. not less than 20mm diameter and finished with hot dipped galvanizing providing heavy protection (Class-4) both inside and outside. All conduit and fittings shall be free from rust or other defects.

2. All conduits fittings shall be malleable iron manufacture complying with BS

4568. 3. All fittings shall have a hot dipped galvanized finish. 4. All bushes shall be hexagonal headed, heavy duty, long threaded brass

bushes complete with serrated tempered shake proof washers. All bends shall be cold set. All tees shall be made using circular tee conduit boxes.

Page 49: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 41 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

5. All saddles shall be of the spacer bar type and of the same finish as that of the conduit which they are being used to secure.

6. A tapped earth connection facility shall be provided in every box. 7. All necessary boxes shall have one adjustable fixing lug to facilitate final

leveling of accessory. 2. B FLEXIBLE CONDUIT-METAL 1. Flexible conduit shall only to be used for final connection to items of fixed

equipment subject to vibration. 2. Flexible conduit and adapters shall be manufactured in accordance with BS

731, Part 1. 3. Brass adaptors shall be provided for connection at either end of the flexible

conduit and should be of the compression type. 4. Flexible conduit shall be of the weather proof having an overall PVC sheath.

No length shorter than 500mm of flexible conduit shall be used unless specified elsewhere in this specification.

2. C PVC CONDUIT 1. All PVC conduits shall be U.P.V.C. very heavy duty Rigid Conduits

complying with BS 6099/-2-2/614-2-2 I.E.C. very heavy gauge in all respects, and may be used where ambient temperature do not exceed 75oC.

2. All conduit fittings shall conform to BS 6099-2-2 IEC614-2-2 standards and

BS 4607 Part 5. 3. No conduit shall be less than 20mm diameter. 4. Conduit boxes shall be of the B.E.E.S.A. circular pattern with appropriate

spout entries and 50.8 mm accessory fixing centers. 5. All connections and terminations shall be by means of a manufacturer’s

standard adaptor. 6. All boxes shall have brass thread inserts for the fixing of accessories or

covers. However care must be taken in the support of totally enclosed lighting fittings. Where excessive temperatures are likely to occur special insulated boxes shall be used, i.e. of a pattern specifically designed by the manufacturer to improve weight – loading characteristics at high temperatures.

Page 50: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 42 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

7. All tees shall be made using conduit tee boxes. Tangential entry boxes shall

be used where appropriate. Multiple conduits may necessitate the use of large U.P.V.C. adaptable boxes for junctions.

8. All saddles shall be of the spacer bar type and from the same manufacturer

as that of the conduit which they are being used to secure. 9. A tapped earth terminal shall be provided in every conduit boxes. 10. All wall mounted accessory boxes shall have one adjustable fixing lug to

facilitate final leveling of accessories. 11. In order to facilitate interchangeability and to eliminate problems of

differential manufacturing tolerances, it is essential that all PVC conduit and appropriate accessories covered by this specification shall be obtained for the same manufacturer.

2.D CABLE TRAY / LADDERS

1. All cable trays and ladders shall be of heavy duty perforated type with

return flange with epoxy painted. 2. All cable trays / ladders shall be manufactured from hot-dip zinc coated

steel to BS 2989 with a standard heavy duty galvanizing coating of 350g/m2 and Z2 bending grade. ( hot galvanized )

3. All bends, tees, cross units and angles shall be of the same specification as

that of the cable tray finish and shall be standard products from the same manufacturer as the cable tray. Site fabrication shall not be permitted.

4. Trays / Ladders shall be provided with tray covers (heavy duty) for entire

length on roof/terrace. 5. Cable trays / Ladders and accessories shall be of a thickness of not less

than: 1.5mm up to 305mm width 2.0mm above 305mm width 6. Trays / Ladders shall be sized to allow for at least 25% spare capacity

throughout their length. 7. All fixing brackets, nuts and bolts shall be finished hot dip galvanizing. 8. Tinned copper earth continuity straps shall be provided at every joint.

Page 51: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 43 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

9. Where cable tray/ladder crosses building expansion joints. The tray shall be installed with expansion fittings for flexibility.

10. For carrying 11Kv cables, cable ladder of adequate size shall be provided

complete with covers where applicable. 11 All cable trays / ladders used at roof or exposed areas shall be complete

with cable tray covers for the entire areas. 12 The ladder shall be capable of carrying cables in a single layer formation

with a minimum deflection of 14mm ( between supports ) when the rack is fully loaded.

2. E CABLE TRUNKING (METAL) 1. Metal cable trunking shall comply with BS 4678 art 1: Class and shall be

manufactured from galvanized steel sheet to BS 2989. 2. Only proposed made fittings, connectors, covers and accessories by the

same manufacturer as the trunking shall be used and finished in hot dipped galvanized steel to BS 2989. Site fabrication shall not be permitted.

2. a. Such trunking shall be fabricated from sheet metal of not less than 16

gauge (1.4mm). The internal free area of trunking shall be such that quantity of specified cables/wires shall not occupy more than 45% of available capacity.

3. Tinned copper earth straps shall be provided at every joint. 4. Covers shall be of overlapping type and secured to the trucking by either

an approved clip or screws. 5. In areas subject to corrosive atmospheres, e.g. chlorine, all trunking shall

be painted with chlorinated rubber paint. 6. Cable trunking shall be used wherever possible to replace multiple conduit

runs. 2. F CABLE TRUNKING (PVC) 1. Heavy Duty UPVC, trucking with clip on lid (all insulated) shall be used

wherever possible to replace multiple conduit runs. Where applicable, trunking shall comply with the requirements contained in BS 4678 part 4. Any non-standard trunking accessories shall be fabricated by the manufacturer, no site fabrication shall be allowed.

Page 52: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 44 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2. In order to facilitate interchangeability and to eliminate problems of differential manufacturing tolerances, it is essential that all PVC cable trunking and appropriate accessories covered by this specification shall be obtained for the same manufacturer.

2. G. UNDERGROUND DUCTS 1. Underground duct banks shall be of individual UPVC rigid conduits

complying with BS-6099-2-2/614-2-2 I.E.C. heavy gauge. 2 Execution: A Each section of the tray shall be capable of carrying without undue

deflection, the total weight of the cables that can be accommodated on the tray and be complete with couplers, bends, sets, tees etc including earth continuity links to form a comprehensive installation

B Each length of the tray shall be spaced from the structure in accordance

following Tray space Up to 100mm 75mm minimum Above 100mm 100mm Minimum C Where the supported cables turn in either a vertical or Horizontal direction,

factory made bend procured from the tray manufacturer shall be provided in order that continues cable tray support is provided throughout the length of run

D Cable tray / ladder shall be supported on treated threaded drop rod of

suitable size to support the load imposed ( min 8mm dia ) and allow adjustment of the installation

E Cable Trunking shall be fixed to walls etc with No 12 round Headed wood

screws to lengths depending on the material on which the fixing is made. The contract shall include for providing all necessary supporting devices for trunking and adequate allowances shall be made for expansion and contraction for long runs. All cable trunking shall be fixed clear of the respective surfaces by means of not less than 6mm spacers.

F Flexible expansion joints shall be provided in trunking runs as necessary G Cable trunking shall have 25% spare capacity for the installation of any

future cables ,due precaution being taken to ensure that correct space factor of the fully loaded trunking is provided in accordance with the relevant clause in BS 7671

Page 53: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 45 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

H Where the vertical runs of PVC cables enclosed in trunking exceeds 8m, the enclosed cables shall be adequately supported by approved carrier rods inserted in the trunking at not more than 3m centers with the cable effectively bound to the rods having ISO metric threads complying with the requirements of BS 4183

I Cable Trunking installed on the exposed surface of walls shall be arranged

with the respective wiring compartments in the vertical plane with all conduits emanating from the top, bottom and side of the assembly. In all cases the access lid shall be fitted to the exposed side of such assemblies. Allow for the supply and installation of Flat MS bracket supports for this cable trunking giving a 25mm clearance between the rear of the trunking and the wall.

J The trunking shall be supported by custom made brackets suspended from

the structural concrete ceiling slab soffit. K Maximum distance between supports in meters for trunking shall be as

below Trunking size Metal Insulating Mm Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical Upto 25 x 25 0.75 1 0.5 0.5 50 x 25 1.2 1.5 0.5 0.5 50 x 50 1.2 1.8 1 1.2 100 x 50 1.2 1.8 1 1.2 For larger trunking sizes and multi compartment pattern, manufactures

recommendations shall be observed. END OF SECTION -16150

Page 54: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 46 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16160

WIRES AND CABLES

Page 55: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 47 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1 General 2 Products

2. 1 Products General 2. 2 XLPE Cables 2. 3 MICS cables 2. 4 Flexible cables and chords 2. 5 Heat Resistant cables 2. 6 Single core PVC insulated cables

3 Execution

Page 56: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 48 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1 GENERAL

1.1 Work included

a) Provide all labour, materials, products, equipments and services to supply and install the power cable systems as indicated on the drawings and specified in the specifications

1.2 Reference standards

a) All electrical installations shall be carried out as per the latest issue of IEE Regulations (BS 7671 17TH edition) and as per the requirements of the local electricity supply authority b) The entire installation shall be installed and tested in accordance with the relevant BS and international standards and any requirements of the local electricity authority

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Product General

a) All cables shall be BASEC approval b) All cables shall be of copper conductor c) All cables shall be XLPE with LSF inner and outer sheath with the

exception of cable run externally that shall have an PVC outer sheath d) All cables shall be delivered to the site with the markers seals, labels

or other proof of origin attached e) All cables for the emergency / life safety equipments shall be fire

resistant type ( as per section 2.2 (d) ) f) The rating of the current carrying capacity of the cables shall comply

with EDD regulations g) All cables shall be rated at 90 degree except for cables inside

external light poles / fittings shall be rated to 125 Degree h) Unless otherwise noted, all LV cables shall be double insulated for

direct burial or exposed wiring or cable trench and single insulated for running in conduit

i) Minimum cross section of the wire shall be 2.5sqmm j) All conductors 6sqmm and above shall be stranded k)

2.2 XLPE / PVC / SWA / PVC or XLPE / LSF / SWA / LSF cables

a) All low voltage multi-core distribution cables shall be 600/1000v polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulated copper conductor, steel wire

Page 57: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 49 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

armored and PVC sheathed cable complying with BS 6346 & BS 5467 and all LSF cables rated at 600 / 1000V shall comply with BS 6724 and those rated at 8700 / 15000v shall comply with IEC 502-1.

b) Armoring of cable protective conductor to BS 6346 , BS 5467 and BS 6724 shall not be used as a circuit protective conductor. A separate earth conductor shall be provided for all circuits

c) Cable cores shall be colored in accordance with section 524 of the

IEE Wiring Regulations, 16th Edition and BS 3858. joints shall not be allowed in any cable

d) All emergency / life safety equipments cables shall comply with BS

7846 and shall include Mica / glass fire resistant insulation covered by an extruded cross linked insulation complying with BS 7655. It shall meet the requirements of IEC 60331 and BS 6387 CAT CWZ for fire resistance / low smoke, BS 4066 Pt 3 Cat C for flame propagation and Pt.1 for flame retardant

e) Duplicate copies of test certificate for each length of cable together

with 300mm of stepped sample cut from the cable length shall be submitted to the consultant before the cable is dispatched to the site.

2.3 Mineral insulated copper sheathed cables ( MICS )

a) Mineral insulated cables shall consist of a robust copper sheath

enclosing high conductivity copper conductors, of the required number and cross sectional area, embodied in a highly compressed magnesium oxide and sheathed overall in a colored PVC. PVC over sheathed manufactured to BSS 6207 – Part I.

b) MICC cables serving fire alarm and other services shall have different colored PVC over sheaths to identify the nature of installation served.

c) The construction of the cable shall comply with BS 6207. They shall

be light duty (600V grade) or heavy duty (1000V grade) as specified. No conductor shall be less than 1.5mm2

d) The copper sheath of MICC cables bonded to the local earth terminal at each Termination point by means of a purpose made earth bonding clamp and a green/yellow Cu/PVC earth Conductor sized in accordance with section 543 of the IEE wiring Regulations, 16th Edition.

Page 58: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 50 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

e) At each termination, conductor shall be color intensified in accordance with chapter514 of the IEE Wiring Regulations, 16th Edition and BS 3858

2.4 Flexible cables and chords

a) All flexible cables used for pendant lighting fittings or for final connections to fixed or portable equipment shall be of 300-500 V grade in comply with BS 6500 Table 12.

b) Flexible cable shall be of annealed copper conductors insulated with

heat resisting PVC, sheathed with heat resisting PVC of shall be of circular construction

c) Cables cores shall be colored in accordance with Section 524 of the

IEE Wiring Regulations, 16th Edition and BS 3858 d) Flexible chords used for the final connections to all luminaries and

other equipment incorporating heat producing devices shall be 150 degree rubber insulated, 85 degree PVC sheathed flexible cords, circular 2 or 3 core as required in accordance with BS 6141 Table 10

2.5 Heat Resistant cables

a) Heat resistant cables shall be used only as agreed with consultant

and shall be of the butyl rubber insulated type or equivalent b) Butyl rubber insulated cables shall be comply with BS 6007 and

rated 450 / 750 volts c) No cables less than 2.5sqmm shall be used

2.6 Single core PVC insulated cables

a) Single core cables shall be of high conductivity copper stranded wire insulated with PVC

b) Cables shall comply with BS6004 Table 5, and shall be of 600 to 1000V grade

c) Cables shall be colored in accordance with Section 524 of the IEE Wiring Regulations, 16th Edition and BS 3858

2.7 Multi core PVC insulated non armoured cables

a) All low voltage multi-core distribution cables shall be 600/1000V

Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) insulated copper conductor, non armoured complying with BS 6346

Page 59: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 51 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Cable conductors shall be of high conductivity copper wire insulated with polyvinyl chloride (PVC

3 EXECUTION

1 General

a) spacing of cables – unless otherwise stated, cables shall have a Minimum clearance between cables / or cable groups as follows

Multi core SWA or MICS 1D in ladder and 2D in cable tray Single core cables 1D in ladder and 2D (trefoil)

Where d = horizontal clearance between cables equal to largest cable diameter

b) Multiple racking of cables is not permitted unless approved by consultants with minimum clearance of 2D

c) All single core cables shall be terminated to minimize eddy currents;

onto substantial non ferrous plate

d) The contract shall include for measuring and cutting the exact lengths required for the run. There shall be no additional cost to the client for waste cable lengths

e) PVC or LSF sheathed cables shall not be installed in direct contact

with any form of polystyrene

3.2 XLPE cables

a) In no case shall the radius of cable bend be lower than eight times the diameter of the cable

b) The cable shall be terminated in approved type compression glands

to BS 6121 complete with shroud and propriety earthing plate / tag from which a earth bond shall be made to the panel earth bar

c) Resin only shall be used as a flux. Cable joining kits shall accord

with BS 6910: Part 1. Compound shall be comply to BS 1858 generally class 2 unless otherwise specified. The design, control of work and actual joining procedures shall accord with BS 6910 part 2

Page 60: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 52 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

d) Except where the gland is screwed into a screwed entry of a class 1 enclosure, allow for the provision of a earth tag washer together with brass bolt, nuts and washers.

e) Where an enclosure is non metallic and a protective conductor is

required for the armoring, allow for the earth tag and protective conductor to be clamped between two locknuts within the enclosure so obviating the risk of the degradation of the joint by creepage of the non metallic enclosure material

f) Spacing of the cable supports shall be within the distance specified

in BS 7671 Wiring regulations, according to the cable diameter with a maximum spacing of 600mm horizontally and 750mm vertically for cables having an overall diameter exceeding 40mm. Cleats shall be plastic or silicon aluminum type of the correct size and type ,cable tie wraps shall not be permitted

g) Where cable pass through non fire rated floors or through walls,

they shall be protected by a short length of heavy gauge pipe bushed with hardwood or lead at each end .when rising through a floor, the protecting barrel shall project to a height of not less than 1.2m

h) All cables directly buried shall be as per the attached drawings

i) Armoured cables schedules to cross roads, paths, car parks,

structural concrete or pavements exceeding 1.8m wide shall be installed in adequate cross-sectional area earthenware ducts pr approved and equal type. Cables to be installed adjacent to pavements shall be located below the outer edge pf the pavement with cable protection covers or tape

j) Where more than one cable or more than one service is to be

installed in a common trench or common route, they shall be spaced at the following minimum dimensions

Cable HV LV GAS/WATER COMMS HOT SER HV 150 500 600 600 800 LV 500 80 600 300 800 COMM 600 300 600 50 800 (COMM – Alarm and data communication cable; all dimensions in mm)

Page 61: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 53 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

k) Where it is found necessary to cross service pipes and cables and the required clearance cannot be obtained, hardwood blocks shall be inserted between and securely fixed in position

l) All cables in plant rooms shall be provided with Mechanical protection and junction boxes shall be accessible for maintenance purposes.

END OF SECTION - 16160

Page 62: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 54 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION – 16230

STANDBY EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATOR

Page 63: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 55 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1 General 2 Products

2. 1 Manufacturer 2. 2 Engine – generator performance 2. 3 Engine 2. 4 Alternator 2. 5 Control Panel 2. 6 Starter 2.7 Remote Annunciation 2.8 Fuel System 2.9 Exhaust 2.10 Emergency off switch 2.11 Lubrication 2.12 Inlet Air 2.13 Coupling 2.14 Auto Transfer switch

3 Execution

Page 64: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 56 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16230

STANDBY EMERGENCY ENGINE GENERATOR

PART 1 - GENERAL

1. 1 SUMMARY

Section Includes:

Performance.

Engine.

Generator.

Fuel system.

Auto Transfer switch

1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Complete functioning system with prime mover, generator, auxiliary controls and starting equipment, capable of starting and delivering power to connected loads within 10 seconds from instant of power failure with portion of 10 second period used by automatic transfer switch time delay on pilot starting contact closing.

1. 3 SUBMITTALS

Comply with the Tender Invitation for Submittal Procedures.

Product Data:

Manufacturer's standard catalog sheets for engine generator set with complete listing of accessories including the following.

Dimensioned outline drawings of complete engine generator sets locating connections and indicating weights.

Engine specifications with complete listing of accessories.

Certified horsepower, fuel rate, and altitude derating curves at specified standby rating.

Complete description of vibration damping mounts.

Alternator (generator) specifications including voltage regulator and exciter specifications.

Page 65: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 57 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Detailed drawing of load terminal compartment and method of connection.

Detailed drawing of control panel identifying devices.

Detailed drawing of remote alarm annunciator.

Battery and battery charger specifications.

Day tank specifications.

Silencer specifications.

Engine/governor performance including; droop, drift, horsepower, heat rejection, combustion and cooling air flow rates, and fuel rates.

Alternator/regulator performance including; KW, KVA, droop, drift, transient response and "fire pump starting duty".

Project specific shop drawings for this project including:

Wiring Diagrams:

Complete wiring diagrams for indicator, control, alarm, fuel and battery charging systems.

Components and schematic diagrams indicating minimum and maximum values for fuel system, cooling system, exhaust system, and starting system.

Calculations:

Motor starting calculations for this project supporting the performance requirements listed herein.

Statement of Compliance

This specification details specific requirements. The EPC shall provide a detailed point by point list of exceptions or planned deviations to this specification. Where no deviation is noted, full compliance with the specification will be expected.

Operation & Maintenance Manuals:

Product data as previously described

Wiring diagrams as previously described

Shop drawings as previously described

Page 66: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 58 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Operating, maintenance and testing information include preventative maintenance instructions, replacement parts lists, fuel specifications, lubricating oil and grease specifications, and literature describing the function of the unit and each piece of accessory equipment. Name and address of factory authorized service organization.

Test Reports:

Source Quality Control submittals as specified in Part 2 of the Section.

Field Quality Control submittals as specified in Part 3 of this Section.

Complete detail information of Hazardous Air Pollutants (HAP's) and Volatile Organic Chemicals (VOC's) emitted by engine as required for registration and permits.

Manufacturer's Warranty:

Certificate as further described below.

Personnel Operating Instructions:

Letter report identifying personnel attending and date of completion.

Owner's Stock:

Letter report identifying materials, quantities, date of delivery and Owner's representative receiving.

1. 4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver products in their original packaging with legible manufacturer's identification.

Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

1. 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

The engine generator set and auxiliary equipment shall be assembled, tested, and shipped by a single manufacturer who accepts full responsibility for the quality and performance of components, who is able to submit a listing of installations now providing satisfactory service, and who is able to show evidence of continuous engagement in engine generator set manufacture for at least four years. In addition, the manufacturer and/or his distributor shall assure that:

Replacement parts and service will be available over the life expectancy of the equipment.

Page 67: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 59 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

An authorized service organization will be maintained, within a 160 km radius of the Project, providing on-call service on a 24 hour per day, seven days per week basis.

1. 6 MAINTENANCE

Extra Material:

Provide maintenance kits consisting of wall hung cabinet(s) near location of engine generator set with one replacement fan belt for each type used, a hydrometer with a scale divided in two point increments suitable for batteries used, and any special-design tools and detailed instruction/repair necessary for routine maintenance and minor repairs.

Provide six spare oil filters, two spare air filters and two spare fuel filters of each size.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2. 1 MANUFACTURERS

See the list of approved Manufacturers.

2. 2 ENGINE GENERATOR - PERFORMANCE

The unit is to be standby rated at 415/240 volt, 3-phase, 3-wire, 50Hz, for operation at not less than 0.8 power factor. The capacity of the unit shall be sufficient to provide the minimum performance values described below. Submit factory calculations supporting the selected unit rating.

Unit performance values shall be met with the inclusion of specified or required unit modifications, at project altitude and at 50 degrees C radiator inlet air temperature.

The unit is to support building life safety loads and emergency lighting loads.

Under steady state conditions, output frequency shall be maintained within plus or minus .5 percent (1.0 percent total) of nominal between no load and full specified load (droop) and within plus or minus .25 percent (.5 percent total) of nominal at any given load (drift).

Under steady state conditions, output voltage shall be maintained within plus or minus 1.0 percent (2.0 percent total) of nominal between no load and full specified load (droop) and within plus or minus .5 percent (1.0 percent total) of nominal at any given load (drift).

Upon the single step assumption or drop of either the building load OR the fire pump, the unit shall limit voltage excursion to a maximum of 25 percent of nominal and shall recover its specified droop within 12 cycles (0.4 seconds).

Page 68: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 60 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Under "fire pump starting duty" (fire pump at locked rotor plus building at specified load) the unit shall maintain frequency droop within 5 percent and voltage droop within 15 percent, for not less than 20 seconds.

The permanent magnet excitation system shall derive excitation current from a pilot exciter mounted on the rotor shaft. It shall enable the generator to sustain 300 percent of rated current for ten seconds during a fault condition.

The fan/radiator assembly shall operate against a maximum of 1/2" WG external static pressure, not including the radiator core loss. The air flow requirement shall not exceed 100 CFM per KW of generator rating. Radiator for “air on “temperature 46 degree maximum with air cooler”.

Construction and performance of engine generator set to comply with requirements of NFPA 110.

There shall be a daily fuel tank with a storage capacity of 8 hours

Capacity of the auto fuel fill kit shall be 2 pump 1 m3 / hour

2.3 ENGINE

Engine: Air cooled, 3000 RPM, four cycle diesel (two cycle is not acceptable), using commercial grade diesel fuel, mounted on a welded structural steel base with its radiator and alternator, forming a semi-portable unit, compression ratio of 14:1, multi cylinder

Governor: The engine governor shall be electronic governor with a speed drop of zero percent. Isochronous type with adjustable droop factory-set regulating frequency to 50 Hz plus 1/2 Hz at steady state load conditions from full load to no load generator output, with frequency at constant load remaining within steady state bandwidth of ±0.25 percent of rated frequency and with frequency modulation less than 1 cycle per second.

Sensors monitoring lube oil pressure; high coolant temperature, and low coolant temperature.

Safety shut off for low oil pressure, High water temperature, over speed and over crank shall be provided

Two-Stage Safety Switches: Automatic resetting, controlled by low lube oil pressure, high engine coolant temperature, and to work with automatic control system. First stage to provide "Pre-Shutdown" signal.

Lubrication System: With gear driven oil pump, full flow replaceable element oil filter(s). Provide a duplex oil filter system with transfer device to allow replacement of an oil filter without an engine shut down.

Page 69: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 61 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Air Cleaner: Heavy duty dry type suitable for use in extreme dust conditions.

Coolant Pump: Engine mounted, gear or belt driven.

Terminal blocks for wiring connections made to engine mounted devices

The engine shall be equipped with filters for fuel, Lube oil, Air intake, oil cooler, fuel transfer pump and gear driven jacket water pump. The diesel engine confirms to BS 5514

2. 4 ALTERNATOR

Single bearing, revolving field type, close coupled to engine with semi-flexible steel coupling, drip proof housing design, and minimum Class "H" insulation system. Alternator shall be suitable for continuous operation at ambient temperatures of 50°C. The generator shall be built to IES, BS, NEMA and other international standards.

The winding are to be with class H insulation and further protection with 100% epoxy impregnation and an overcoat resilient insulating material on end coil to reduce possible fungus or abrasion deterioration. Radio interface filter shall be fitted with anti condensation filter

It shall be brushless, 400/230 volts, 3 phase, 50 Hz, 1500 rpm permanent excitation close coupled with the engine

Type of protection shall be drip proof type of enclosure having minimum IP23

Exciter: Brushless type with rotating Rectifier Bridge. The exciter shall develop its own power for excitation and be isolated from harmonic distortions and irregularities on the generator output.

Voltage Regulator: Solid-state, volts-per-hertz type with screwdriver operated voltage adjustment, cross current compensation and internal protection against excessive field currents and alternator output voltage. It should have fast response to the load. Steady state voltage regulation shall be less than + /- from no load to full load. It shall be electronic / digital type with three phase sensing

Waveform Quality: Not exceeding NEMA values for telephone influence factor (TIF) and with a waveform deviation factor less than ten percent line to line. Waveform deviation shall be less than + /- 1% from no load to full load and harmonic distortion less than 5%

Generator Terminals: Clearly identified and housed in a separate terminal compartment.

Generator shall be rated to serve up to 60 percent non-linear loads based on its stand-by rating.

Page 70: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 62 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2. 5 CONTROL PANEL

Enclosure: NEMA-1 of the manufacturer's standard design and; if generator mounted, with control components and devices suitable for the vibrations encountered, continuous operation at ambient temperatures of 122°F or 50°C . It shall be microprocessor based electronic modular control panel which consists of environmentally sealed microprocessor for engine controls and ac metering and equipped with:

AC ammeter with scale indicating generator full load current, required current transformers, minimum 3" meter size; 1 percent of full scale meter accuracy (digital type meters with ½ percent accuracy are acceptable).

Ammeter phase selector switch; four positions; OFF, A, B, and C phases.

AC voltmeter with scale indicating generator line-to-line voltage; minimum 3" meter size; 1 percent of full scale meter accuracy (digital type meters with ½ percent accuracy are acceptable).

Voltmeter phase selector switch; four positions; OFF, A-B, B-C, and C-A phases.

Frequency meter indicating 47-53 Hertz.

Running time meter indicating 0 to 9999.9 hours.

Engine RPM, System DC voltage, KW / KVA / Power factor

Gauges indicating engine lube oil pressure and engine coolant temperature. Selector on / Manual / off Protective cutout for alternator Auxiliary protective cutouts Water and oil temperature indicator Temperatures, pressure, fail to start alarms

Separate Alarm Indicating Pilot Lamps for low lube oil pressure (shutdown and pre-shutdown), high coolant temperature (shutdown and pre-shutdown), engine overspend, engine over crank, low coolant temperature (below 20 degrees C), fuel tank high or low level, high or low battery voltage and unit selector switch in OFF or RUN positions.

Common Remote Audible Alarm: Battery powered bell to sound continuously when any alarm sensor trips. Install this bell in the operations room as directed by the Owner. Separate form C contacts for two remote group alarm indications;

Page 71: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 63 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

UNIT TROUBLE (high and low coolant temperature and low oil pressure pre-alarm's, high and low fuel level, high and low battery voltage and starting control selector in OFF or RUN position); and UNIT FAIL (high coolant temperature, low oil pressure, over speed, and over crank shutdown).

Automatic Engine Shutdown: Low lube oil pressure, high coolant temperature, over crank and overspend cause shutdown and prevent engine start-up until manual reset is activated. Shutdown to operate fuel shut-off, and move governor to no-fuel position.

Automatic starting control system, described below.

Line circuit breaker for building load; thermal magnetic trip, sized as indicated on drawings.

Line circuit breaker for fire pump; magnetic trip only (motor protector) sized as indicated on the drawings.

Terminal strips for wiring connections in panel with conductors identified.

Engine control switch for “auto”, “Manual “, “Stop” and “off / Reset “shall be provided

Control panel shall have network communication port for interfacing with BMS (Modbus port)

2. 6 STARTING SYSTEM

Storage Battery: 24 volt DC, Nickel cadmium heavy duty station type with 15 to 20 year life expectancy, mounted in an acid resistant, seismic rated rack with power capacity necessary to successfully complete testing indicated but not less than the power required to provide 60 seconds of continuous cranking while driving accessory equipment. .

Battery Charger: Automatic float type, internally protected from engine starting surge, with charge rate capable of recharging batteries within 24 hours after 60 seconds of continuous cranking; charge rate ammeter and voltage relays to alarm high and low battery voltage.

Provide fused battery connections.

Automatic Starting Controls: With relays enclosed in a dust tight housing or with individual dust tight covers; key-operated selector switch with positions marked "Run-Off-Automatic"; contacts for remote "over crank" alarm indication; adjustable timer limiting each automatic cranking cycle to 10 seconds crank with 10 seconds rest; after two cranking cycles starting system locks out, indicates "Over crank" and must be manually reset.

Page 72: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 64 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

With selector switch in auto and pilot starting contacts in auto transfer switch closed, engine starts automatically and runs continuously until start contacts open unless engine is shutdown by safety devices.

2. 7 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR

Power from control panel with audible and visual signals as listed on engine generator set control panel; an additional visual only signal indicating engine generator set carrying load; a labeled alarm silence switch, and a labeled lamp-test pushbutton, sense engine generator carrying a load condition using a relay connection to the load terminal of engine generator main circuit breaker. Locate this enunciator in the control room, or as directed by the Owner.

2. 8 FUEL SYSTEM

Solenoid Valves: Direct acting valves not using hydraulic line pressure to close valve seat. Furnish and turn over to Division 15 for installation.

Day Tanks: One day tank per engine generator set, sized with sufficient capacity to run generator set at full load for not less than 8 hours, and equipped with required fittings, valves, piping, and float switches. Minimum day tank capacity shall be 500Liter

Double wall containment.

Comply with UL 142.

Float switch to activate for high level alarm and low level alarm.

Float switch to control fuel transfer pump.

Wall mounting brackets or floor stand as required.

Day tank control:

On/Off/Emergency run switch.

Test/Reset switch.

Indicator lamps and shutdowns.

Power available.

High fuel alarm and shutdown.

Low fuel alarm.

Low fuel shutdown.

Page 73: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 65 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Overflow to basin alarm and shutdown.

Pump running.

There should be an under ground tank for two full day capacity with diesel pump

2.9 EXHAUST SYSTEM

Silencer: Designed for "Critical" silencing with drain fitting at outlet end and bolted flange connections at inlets and outlets. Silencer to have side inlet and opposite end vertical outlet except as detailed. Maxim, Nelson, or approved equal.

Flexible Connection: Stainless steel, flexible, seamless pipe(s), with mechanical connections for attachment to exhaust manifold and silencer. There should be a acoustic enclosure to reduce the sound to 85 dBA at 1m and silent exhaust shall be 29 dB

2.10 EMERGENCY OFF SWITCH

Provide a break glass type switch and connection to the control panel to shut down engine when actuated, manual reset.

2.11 LUBRICATIION SYSTEM

The engine lubrication shall be forced lubrication system. The lubrication oil pump shall be a positive displacement type pump and integral with the engine and is gear driven from the engine gear train. The system shall includes full flow filtration, oil cooler etc.

2.12 inlet air system

The engine air coolers are to be engine mounted with dry element. There shall be service indicator on the filter housing which will give necessary indications when the service is required for the air filter elements. The air inlet system shall consist of turbocharger of axial turbine type driven by engine exhaust gases

2.13 COUPLING SYSTEM

The engine and generator shall be assembled and coupled by the engine manufacturer. It shall be close coupled design of unit construction which forms engine and generator into one unit of exceptional strength and perfect alignment. The generator housing shall be directly bolted to the engine flywheel housing. The engine torque is transmitted through flexible steel plates to the generator rotor. The whole assembly shall be mounted on a structural steel base. The contractor has to install spring type vibration isolators between the generator base frame and the concrete foundation

Page 74: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 66 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2.14 Auto transfer switches

The ATS panel shall contain the change Over MOTOTISED MCCBS for Generator & ED Mains Supply The ATS Panel shall contain Microprocessor based controller for all the AMF LOGIC : Monitoring a mains failure, controlling the Motorized MCCBs, giving the visual indications for Mains & Generator, flexibility to change the time delays by providing the front panel fascia TIMERS for various functional requirements. ATS panel shall have communication port ( Modbus ) for interfacing with BMS.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3. 1 EXAMINATION

Examine areas and conditions under which Work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3. 2 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

Verify concrete base is provided in compliance with Division 3.

Comply with manufacturer's recommendations.

Install engine generator systems indicated with necessary equipment, support and control systems, and building construction features (e.g., concrete pads). Dimensions indicated are limiting dimensions for project and must be verified with actual equipment used. Equipment with dimensions or weights exceeding those indicated may only be used if approved and related additional costs borne by Contractor. Equipment requiring additional mechanical services (e.g., exhaust, cooling air or liquid) or electrical services (e.g., suppression filters, circuit wiring or over current protection) may only be used if approved and related additional costs borne by Contractor.

Connect unit outputs to Emergency panel

Install wiring, conduit, and piping of type suitable for temperatures encountered and in such manner to allow for thermal expansion and vibration.

Ground engine generator sets as described in Grounding & bonding section.

Ground non-current carrying conductive parts of engine generator sets to main service ground via conduit raceway systems unless indicated otherwise. Bonding generator neutrals to generator housings is not acceptable.

Verify that generator phase sequence matches system phase sequence and correct if necessary.

Page 75: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 67 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Install storage batteries in racks with required cables to engine and to battery charger.

Anchor battery rack to floor.

Wall mount battery charger adjacent to engine generator set.

Install fuel tank assembly per manufacturer's recommendations and at height recommended by generator manufacturer.

Anchor fuel tank assembly to floor.

Do NOT support fuel tank from generator assembly.

Connect unit control wiring. Identify wires to match manufacturer's designations.

Identify wires using conductor color coding and Brady (or other) numbered identification tape with identification corresponding to wiring schematic submitted with Shop Drawings.

Connect battery charger alarms to unit control panel to indicate high and low battery voltage.

Connect fuel tank float switches to unit control panel, to indicate high and low fuel levels, and to the fuel oil pump controls.

Install and connect remote audible alarm where shown.

Interconnect engine start, load bank shunt trip and transfer controls between the engine control panel and each of the transfer switches and the fire pump controller.

Extend auxiliary control power circuit to location shown.

Connect emergency off switch into control panel.

Interconnect the inlet solenoid and safety valves to operate when float switch is actuated. Interconnect the high level float switch to close safety valve when actuated and open when level drops..

Field adjusts voltage regulator and governor, and tune engine at site for optimum system performance. Verify lubricating oil, engine coolant, and storage battery cells are full. Fill as required.

3. 3 FUEL SYSTEM

Day Tank:

Install plumb using shims and bolt to floor with using concrete inserts.

Page 76: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 68 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Install level switches per manufacturer’s recommendations and adjust switch actions for the specified elevations above the floor.

Provide temporary drain piping between day tank drain and overflow.

Simulate actual operating conditions to prove proper operation of controls.

Make electrical connections under this Division, including pumps and starters, float switches, solenoid valves, etc.

Solenoid valves: Make electrical connections under this Division and control as recommended by engine generator set suppliers.

Day tank: Make electrical connections to float switches.

Fuel transfer pump: Make electrical connections and control with float switches in day tank.

Storage tank: Connect low supply alarm float switch to control panel.

3. 4 COOLING SYSTEM

Connect engine jacket immersion heater to a 240 volt, 2 pole dedicated normal circuit.

Coordinate plenum connection from radiator to exhaust louver opening and damper installation with Division 15.

3. 5 EXHAUST SYSTEM

Lightning Protection: Clamp #3/0 bare copper wire to exhaust pipe near silencer and route it to two 5/8 inch by 10 foot ground rods located as indicated. Install as described in Grounding - Section 16060.

3. 6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

Before start-up and loading of the unit, check and correct the following:

Alignment of engine and generator shafts.

Adjustments of voltage regulator and governor.

Fluid levels for lubricating oil, engine coolant, and storage battery cells.

Match of generator phase sequence with the main distribution system.

With the engine at standby temperature, perform a battery test consisting of six cranking cycles of ten seconds "on" and ten seconds "off" with engine fuel system disabled. Repeat until satisfactory conclusion.

Page 77: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 69 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Replace batteries if they do not recharge to full value after test.

Secure the services of the manufacturer to load test the engine generator. Building loads normally connected to the engine generator system, temporary connections to other building loads or portable load banks may be used to bring the total testing load to not less than 95 percent of the specified rating, for not less than 4 hours.

Do not begin test until engine generator set has been inoperative for at least 24 hours and verify the ten second cold start from the time of "Utility Power Outage".

Record volts and amperes on each phase, frequency overshoot, hertz, room temperature, and engine operating temperature and oil pressure battery charge rate every 15 minutes during test run.

Provide full-load test to pick up 100% of nameplate KW rating on one step.

After successful completion of the unit's steady-state load test, perform two successful "fire pump locked rotor duty" tests. With the generator carrying the full specified building load, start the fire pump (on its generator source) and demonstrate the minimum values of volts and hertz and their recovery times at or better than the specified values. Record the test values.

Coordinate testing date with Owner and Architects Representative to determine date acceptable to all. Provide for engine generator set manufacturer's authorized personnel to operate equipment during this testing and to verify details of the installation. Replenish fuel supply used to perform this testing.

Submit test results to Owner and Engineer.

3. 7 TRAINING

Provide factory trained technician on site for not less than one eight hour man day during normal business hours of a regular work week, after the equipment has been accepted and turned over to the Owner.

END OF SECTION 16230

Page 78: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 70 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16340

HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR

PART 1 GENERAL 2.1 WORK INCLUDED 2.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS 2.3 SUBMIITALS

Page 79: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 71 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2.4 DELIEVERY,STORAGE & HANDLING 2.5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING 2.6 MAINTENANCE PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 CLIMATE CONDITIONS 2.2 11KV SWITCHGEAR 2.3 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER 2.4 CURRENT TRANSFORMER 2.5 RING MAIN UNITS PART 3 INSTALLATIONS

SECTION 16340 HIGH VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR

PART 1 - GENERAL

.1 SUMMARY

WORK INCLUDED

Page 80: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 72 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Provide all labour, material, products, equipments and services to supply and Install the HV Switchgears as per rating indicated in the specification in

.2 STANDARDS

References include: 1. IEC 60 694: Clauses common to High Voltage Switchgear 2. IEC 60 298: Metal Enclosed Switchgear. 3. IEC 60 056: High Voltage Alternating Current Circuit Breakers. 4. IEC 60 129: Alternating Current Disconnectors and Earthing

Switches 5. IEC 60 265-1: Switch Dis connectors. 6. IEC 60 376: SF6 Gas. 7. IEC 60 470: Contactors. 8. IEC 60 044-1: Current Transformers. 9. IEC 60 044-2: Voltage Transformers.

.3 SUBMITTALS

Product Data:

Contractor shall submit following documents / Catalogues

1. Catalog description of general construction, bus ratings (volts, phase,

bus bracing and capacity) branch and main protective devices and their ratings (volts, RMS symmetrical amperes interrupting capacity) and special features and apparatus (e.g. metering equipment and protective relays.)

2. Protective coordination study showing coordination of the following:

a. 11 kV service incoming feeders and transformer feeders with the utility relays.

3. Short circuit study showing the following:

a. Available short circuit (3-phase and phase –gnd) for all 11kV switchboards

b. Comparison table of equipment ratings vs. available short circuit current.

4. Load calculations in KW/V/Amps for the battery charger loading shall be

submitted. Ave loading as well as complete failure loading shall be submitted.

Wiring diagram: 1. Internal wiring of sensing and control devices.

Shop Drawings: 1. Fabrication drawings with dimensions, component locations, and bus and

feeder routing. 2. Typical drawings shall not be accepted. Final drawings shall be project

specific and detailed for each cubicle.

Page 81: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 73 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Test Report: 1. The client / authorized client representative shall witness test reports at

the factory where the switchgear is tested. The manufacturer shall budget for witnessing of all the factory tests.

2. Factory test certificates to be issued from place of manufacturer. Factory test certificates shall include all Routine tests based on IEC 694 standards.

3. Acceptance test report

Certificate of Compliance: 1. Copies of the Utility's written acceptance of the 11 kV service and the

protective relay co-ordination study.

Spare Parts: 1. Provide a list of 2 year spare parts, together with its part number and

price. Prices shall be valid for a minimum period of three (3) months and shall be included in the Tender price.

2. Provide a list of commissioning spares. Spare prices shall be included in the Tender price.

Operation & Maintenance Manuals: 1. Product Data as previously described above. 2. Shop Drawings as previously described above. 3. Wiring Diagrams as previously described above. 4. Operating Instructions, Parts List and Service Organization.

Owner's Stock: 1. Letter report identifying materials, quantities, date of delivery and

Owner's representative receiving.

4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver products in their original packaging with legible manufacturer's identification.

Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations

While located in unheated space, prior to energization, maintain temporary anti

condensation heat within high voltage sections.

5 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

Cutover steps appear schematically on the Drawings.

Complete installation of new work, to the greatest extent practicable without outages before starting the cutover.

Conduct specified tests before energizing any new equipment.

Do not attempt any alternate sequence without specific permission of the Architect.

Page 82: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 74 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

6 MAINTENANCE

Provide the following items and turn over to the Owner before switchgear energization.

1. Commissioning spares. 2. Fuse handling tools: One complete set of tools required to insert or

remove fuse assemblies from their holders or clips and to replace refills. 3. Circuit breaker handling tools: One complete set of tools required to

remove and re-install draw-out type circuit breakers.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

1 CLIMATE CONDITIONS

Switchgear shall conform to the following climatic conditions:

1. Altitude: Below 1000 meters. 2. Ambient temperature: 50 degree Celsius. Suitable derating factors shall

be included to enable included to enable all circuit breakers and components to

Operate at 50 degree 3. Humidity: Up to 95 %. 4. Vibrations: None.

2 11 kV HV SWITHGEAR

HV voltage equipment shall provide isolation, protection and metering of 11KV, 3 phase, 50 Hz, feeders including RMU feeders and Transformer feeders.

ENCLOSURES 1. Minimum 2mm steel, free standing structures with hold-down clamps.

2. Access to operating parts shall be through hinged doors with screw or

vault latch closures, hold-open mechanisms and with provisions for padlocking.

3. Switchgear enclosures shall be of the Metal clad Switchgear Type. There

shall be a minimum of 4 main individual compartments in the switchgear, namely, a. Separate compartment for the bus bar section,

Page 83: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 75 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

b. Separate compartment for the circuit breaker section, c. Separate compartment for the combination of Line CT’s, Line VT’s and

power cable section, d. Separate compartment for the low voltage section. e. If applicable, a separate compartment shall be provided for the Bus

bar VT section.

4. IP 42 protection as a minimum shall be provided.

5. All partitions shall be metallic and earthed.

6. All the compartments shall be accessible via the front of the cubicle. But access shall be restricted by the presence of safety mechanisms and interlock.

7. Each panel shall be equipped with top pressure relieve vents to release

the gasses resulting in a possible internal arc.

8. Enclosures shall be equipped with hygrostats.

9. Voltage indicator lamps shall be provided for ‘Live cable’ checking.

10.Cable entry (top/bottom) shall be as per the drawings.

11.Enclosures shall clearly indicate switching positions, VT position and earthing position. The positions shall be pad lockable.

12.Enclosure shall include a Local / Remote selector switch which shall be

pad lockable.

13.Mechanical interlock facility shall be mounted on the front of the enclosure.

14.Enclosure doors shall be pad lockable.

15.In the event of the protection relay not displaying Trip/Open/Close

signals, provision for indication lights shall be included.

16.The cubicle shall be made of Electro-Zinc coated sheet steel. The sheet metal shall be coated with a thermo setting powder of an epoxy resin base modified by polyester resin, which provides perfect finish and excellent protection against corrosion.

17 4 side arc protection is required.

BUS BAR SECTION

1. Bushing shall be silver or tin plated copper, ampere rated as indicated and braced for not less than 500MVA momentary.

Page 84: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 76 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2. Bus bars shall be of a copper grade no less than 99.9 %.

3. Bus connections shall ensure minimum resistivity and temperature rise.

4. Busing in outside equipment shall be encapsulated.

5. Main busing shall be protected with metal oxide type, STATION class,

surge arrestors, connected at line lugs.

6. Surge Arrestor voltage ratings shall be 1.3 - 1.5 X the system phase-to-ground volts.

7. A continuous ground bus, with ampacity equal to that of the phase

busing, shall extend into each compartment of the assembly.

8. An additional earth switch shall be provided for each bus section. The earth switch shall be mounted above the bus riser and bus coupler enclosures. Alternatively an earth truck shall provide for each bus bar section. The functional unit shall have full making capacity.

9. The busbar compartment shall be accessible via the front of the cubicle

or the top of the cubicle, by removing the bolted plates.

10.It shall be equipped with flaps for evacuating overpressure to the top or back of the cubicle.

11.Busbar rated current to be 1250 Amps.

CIRCUIT BREAKER SECTION

1. Separate, metal clad, vertical style, draw-out, vacuum or SF6 arc quenching, 200 / 630 / 1250A, 500MVA, mounted individually, with following features:

2. Rated Voltage shall be 12 KV (for 11KV circuit breakers) Power frequency

withstand voltage shall be 38 KV (for 11KV circuit breakers) Lightning impulse withstand voltage shall be 95 KV (for 11KV circuit breakers) Short circuit current shall be 25 KA for 3 seconds.

3. Short circuit breaking capacity shall be 25 (rms) for 3 sec.

4. Short circuit making capacity shall be 63 KA (peak). This shall be

equivalent to x 2,5 times breaking capacity.

5. Electric motor/spring charged operators with anti-pump control and provisions to manually charge the springs and to close and trip the breaker.

Page 85: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 77 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

6. Mechanism operated (MOC) and truck operated (TOC) auxiliary contacts for internal interlocks and remote alarms.

7. Circuit breakers shall have a manual facility to close and open the circuit

breaker. The open button shall be “green” and the close button shall be “red”.

8. IP2X protection as a minimum shall be provided.

9. Opening operations shall not normally produce an over-voltage in excess

of 60kV peak due to current chopping or re-strike conditions within the modules. The break-time (initiation of trip to arc extinction) shall not exceed 50 milliseconds. Closing operations shall not produce an over-voltage in excess of 60kV peak due to pre-strike conditions within the modules.

10.The interrupting modules shall have a minimum shelf life of 20 years and

shall incorporate adequate guidance and support for the moving contacts to enable them to be transported and handled without the possibility of sustaining damage to the bellows.

11.Off-load circuit and busbar isolation having integral earthing facilities and

3 positions – “SERVICE”, “ISOLATED” and “DISCONNECTED”. Through the operation of a selector device it shall be possible to lock the circuit breaker in any one of the three positions.

12.The means of isolation and earthing shall be interlocked with the vacuum

/ SF 6 interrupter closing mechanism so that the operation of isolating and earthing is only possible with the interrupter open. The position of the selector/isolator shall be easily visible from the front of the panel.

13.Provision for circuit testing shall be through insulated orifices, which may

be the main circuit and busbar isolation orifices, accessible from the front of the panel. The cover shall have provisions for padlocking. Arrangements shall be made for positively securing all test plugs in position while in use. Test plugs shall be marked with their voltage and current ratings and equipment type reference.

14. Incomer circuit breakers and Bus Coupler Circuit breakers shall be

equipped with both electrical interlock (48VDC) and mechanical interlock options.

15.11 KV Incomer and feeder circuit breaker shall have auxiliary terminals

made available in order to prevent upstream circuit breaker from closing while downstream circuit breakers are in the earth position. Indication positions to be sent back to the upstream circuit breakers are namely, OPEN-CLOSED-EARTH status.

16.In the event of loss of the Vacuum medium in the vacuum interrupter

bottles as well as loss of SF6 medium in the SF 6 interrupter bottles, an alarm via a set of auxiliary contacts shall be triggered. This alarm shall be used for remote indication.

17.Operation counter shall be inserted in all panels.

Page 86: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 78 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

18. All future panels shall be fully equipped with circuit breaker as well as all

related protection, control and metering devices. This compartment shall not be located in the bottom part of the cubicle (withdraw able switchgear devices shall not roll along the floor). To insert or extract the switchgear device, a handling device that can be adjusted according to the floor surface condition shall be used The compartment shall be accessible via the front of the cubicle, by means of a door that may be locked out by a key-type lock. It shall only be possible to open the door when the switchgear device is in the “racked out” position. The compartment shall be equipped with the two earthed, metallic racking in shutters which, when the circuit breaker is in the “rack out” position, shall ensure isolation from the busbar compartment and the bottom compartment. The shutters shall be operated mechanically by the movement of the circuit breaker. When the circuit breaker is racked out, the shutters shall be mechanically locked out in the closed position. To open them, it shall be necessary to use a tool. They shall be locked out individually by a padlock.

19. To insert or extract the switchgear device, a handling device that can be adjusted according to the floor surface condition shall be used.

20.This compartment shall be accessible via the front of the cubicle, by

means of a door that may be locked out by a key type lock.

21.The compartment shall be equipped with two earthed metallic racking in shutters which, when the circuit breaker is in the rack out position shall ensure isolation from the busbar compartment and the bottom compartment.

22.The shatters shall be operated mechanically by the movement of the

circuit breaker.

23.When the circuit breaker is racked out, the shutters shall be mechanically locked out in the closed position and to open them, it shall be necessary to use a tool. They shall be locked out individually by a padlock.

24.The preferential breaking medium is SF6. However a vacuum breaking

solution may be proposed.

25. It shall be rated for minimum number of 10000 operations and minimum number of operations at rated current will be 10000.

26.The circuit breaker shall be equipped with an electrical operating

mechanism with fast opening and closing, independent of the operator, that is operated by a stored energy mechanism.

Page 87: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 79 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

27.The operating mechanism shall be equipped with push buttons for opening and closing, Mechanical position indicator, stored energy spring charging handle, charged-discharged spring position indicator, Mechanical system for manual spring discharging, Trip units and auxiliary contacts.

28.SF6 breaker shall comply with the definition of pressure –sealed systems

given in IEC standard 60056-1987, appendix EE 1.2.3

29.Circuit breakers which require contact servicing or gas filling during their service life are not acceptable.

30.The breaker may be equipped with an SF6 pressure monitoring device

that signals any drops in pressure. The breaker shall be equipped with a device for evacuating internal overpressure. This breaker shall consist of an area in the enclosure calibrated to open when the internal pressure exceeds 3.5 times the normal operating pressure

E EARTHING / CABLE CONNECTION UNITS 1 Cable connection Terminals - The cable connection terminals shall be located

in the bottom compartment of the cubicle. They shall be made of copper. It should be possible to connect up to three XLPE type cables per phase, and the terminals should have a cross-section of up to 300 mm2 and 630 mm2 for tripolar cables. Cables will be connected by bolting Access to the cable connection compartment shall require prior closing of the cable earthing switch.

2 The racking in contacts shall be made of copper with a silver film.

Earthing switch: The HV cables shall be earthed by means of an earthing switch. The earthing switch shall have full making capacity (2.5 times the short-circuit thermal current for which the cubicle is calibrated) in accordance with IEC standard 62271-102.A mechanical interlock shall prevent earthing switch operation unless the main switchgear device is in the racked out position. No key-type lock, padlock or electrical lockout solutions shall be acceptable for the performance of this function. The earthing switch operating mechanism shall be of fast-closing type, independent of the operator. A device shall prevent the earthing switch from being opened by reflex reaction immediately after closing, so as to avoid all risk of arc generation between the contacts. It should be impossible for the device to be forced. A device in the immediate proximity of the earthing switch shall inform the operator that the cables are energized (the Voltage Presence Indicator System). This device shall include a separate neon lamp for each phase, supplied with power by an isocapacitor connected to each cable connection terminal. A lock or padlock system shall be used to lock out the earthing switch in the open or closed position.

Page 88: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 80 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

MONITORING AND CONTROL:

1. The following remote monitoring and control functions shall be provided as a minimum:

a. Circuit breaker Open / Close position (monitoring & control) b. Circuit breaker Trip / Healthy status (monitoring only) c. Position of circuit breaker – Service (monitoring only) d. Position of circuit breaker – Isolated (monitoring only) e. Position of circuit breaker – Disconnect (monitoring only) f. Position of circuit breaker – Earthed (monitoring only) g. Upstream circuit breaker interlock status (monitoring only) h. Electrical Interlock Healthy status (monitoring only) i. Local / remote switch position status (monitoring only) j. Voltage supply MCB Trip / Healthy status (monitoring only) k. SF6 pressure in case of SF6 breaker (monitoring only) l. Cumulative total of kA2 interrupted. (monitoring only)

2. All the abovementioned points shall be made available either through an existing communication protocol via the protection relay (if available) or alternatively through auxiliary contacts and interface relays. All contacts/relays shall be pre-wired and terminated to a set of terminals in the low voltage control panel section. Terminals shall be clearly labeled. Unit shall be fitted with a communication interface option of the JBUS/MOD BUS type, RS 485 type, and 38400 baud speed.

3. Included in the monitoring, all available protection relay and

multifunction meter parameters shall be remotely signaled via an existing protocol communication.

4. Unit shall include an internal function self-monitoring mechanism which

activates at least one (2 desirable) fail-safe watchdog changeover contacts. It shall also include an automatic device for switching to the fail-safe position with disabling of output controls when an internal failure is detected.

5. It shall also be equipped with Test units for the injection of current or voltage into the transformer secondary installed on the front of the low voltage compartment a) one unit for the voltage b) I unit fir the measurement current circuit c) 1 unit for the protection current circuit d) one unit for the zero current circuit.

6. Low voltage auxiliaries shall comply with the standard IEC 60298 section

5-4 and IEC 60298 section 5-4 and IEC 60694, article 5, section 5.4

7. Since this unit is integrated as close as possible to the switchgear it must meet the severest environmental withstand requirements in particular following IEC standards a) 60255-4 impulse withstand 5kV b) 60255-22-1 1 MHz wave Class III. C) 60255-22-4 fast transients Class IV.

d) 60255-22-3 electromagnetic 20V/m minimum

Page 89: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 81 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

8. The protection and monitoring unit range shall be designed to

Accommodate all types of auxiliary Power supply voltages 24, 48, 127, 220 VDC, and all types of current sensors 1A CT, 5A CT, CSP and Voltage sensors 100, 110 V VT, 100/V3, 110/V3 VT.

9. The unit shall be of disonnectable or withdraw able type to facilitate Replacement.

F CONTROL POWER SUPPLY 1. Protection relay: 48Vdc 2. Metering relay: 48Vdc 3. Indication lights: 48Vdc 4. Voltage transformers: 110VAC 5. Charging circuit breaker spring: 240VAC 6. Space heaters: 240VAC 7. Electrical Interlock: 48Vdc 8. Voltage Indicator lamps: TBA

Provide individual circuit breakers for each control circuit. Individual circuit breakers shall be rated at 15KA (IEC).

G CABLE BOXES 1. Main boxes shall be suitable for the termination of the following cables

having conductors with cross sectional area not exceeding 3 x 3c x 300mm2.

2. Cross - linked polyethylene (XLPE), Steel wire armored (SWA) with PVC

outer sheath, in accordance with IEC 502.

3. Unless otherwise indicated, cable boxes shall be arranged for vertical entry from below.

4. Cable terminations shall be suitable for use with approved pre-stretched or heat shrink-able cable terminations. The terminations shall be mechanically protected by a sheet steel box and shall be provided with adequate cable support and clamping arrangements.

5. Drawings shall be referred to in order to verify whether cable entry is top

or bottom.

6. The bottom plates shall be pre-drilled, and all the holes blocked off by cut-out type plastic cone When the cables are connected, the floor of each functional unit shall be closed off by a non-magnetic panel.

7 Cables shall be connected via the front.

H INTERLOCKS 1. Incoming and bus tie circuit breakers shall be electrically interlocked.

Electrical interlocks shall be sourced from two individual 48Vdc feeders of the same battery charger. A change-over contact shall be located in the bus –coupler panel in the event of one of the supplies failing or tripping.

Page 90: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 82 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2. Prevention of circuit breaker closing shall be made available if

downstream circuit breakers are in the earth position.

3. Mechanical interlocks shall be provided for both the Incomers as well as the Bus Coupler.

I MECHANICAL SAFETY DEVICES

The functional units shall have a large number of fail-safe mechanical devices so as to make the use of the switchgear safe: 1) Impossible to earthed cables unless the switchgear device is racked out. 2) Impossible to rack in or rack out switchgear device when the earthing switch is closed. 3) Impossible to rack out a closed switchgear device.

4) Impossible to open the switchgear compartment door unless the device racked out.

5) Impossible to gain access to the compartment which contains the cables when

the earthing switch is open. 6) Impossible to gain access to the voltage transformers and their protection

fuses unless the fuses have been withdrawn. 7) Impossible to extract a switchgear device from a cubicle unless extraction

truck is solidly locked to the cubicle.

8) Impossible to unlock the extraction truck unless the circuit breaker is locked to the truck or in Cubicle J AUXILIARY CONTACTS 1) The switchgear shall be equipped with auxiliary indication contacts Connected to terminals in the Factory. 2) The terminal blocks which receive the available auxiliary contacts shall be located in the low voltage compartment. 3) The available auxiliary contacts shall be the following:

1) Switchgear 2) Earth switch

K Protective Relays

Page 91: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 83 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1. All relay software shall be provided in order to adjust settings. Cable connections and cables between relays and laptop shall be provided.

2. Please see the HV / LV drawings for the details of protection relays required.

3. Subjected to the approval from local electricity directorate, digital multi functional relays having protection and metering features shall be used for all incomer, bus coupler and outgoing feeders.

Over current and earth fault settings shall have selectable DT ( IDMT ) SI, VI, EI and RI curves in order to select adequate discrimination settings. and time delays from Instantaneous (50ms) to 500S

4. Over current and earth fault settings shall have IDMT and x 2 high set selections available.

5. In the event of tripping, actual parameter values shall be stored and logged in the relay history.

6. Protection settings shall have an approved protocol communication available for tripping and alarm signaling. Type of protocol to be used shall be included in the submittal for approval.

7. Alarming functions to be field changeable to tripping function if desired.

8. Each Protection and Control Unit shall contain all the necessary protections, the number and type which depends upon the type of application being considered

9. In the case of transformer feeders, provisions to be made available to accept a tripping command from transformer temperature control unit.

10.Protection tripping shall be indicated on the front of the device by a signal lamp and a message indicating the cause of the fault

11.The protection unit shall allow for the use of upstream and downstream logical discrimination, this applying to protection plans using IDMT time a s well

12.It shall be possible to make the settings and perform parameter settings via a portable terminal or pc

L REVENUE METERING

1. The Contractor shall be responsible for the Utility metering connection

drawing approvals. Co-ordination with the Utility shall be done and meters with CT / VT having relevant accuracy class shall be included in the switchgear as per EDD standards.

M Multi Function meters

1. Multi Function Meters shall consist of the following as a minimum:

No Description Accuracy Required

1 Voltage ( L-N ) Per Phase 0,3 %

Page 92: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 84 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2 Voltage ( L-L ) Per Phase 0,5 %

3 Voltage ( L-N ) Average 0,3 %

4 Voltage ( L-L ) Average 0,5 %

5 Current Per Phase 0,3 %

6 Current Average 0,3 %

7 Power ( KW ) Per phase 0,5 %

8 Power Factor Per Phase 1,0 %

9 Reactive Energy ( KVArH ) Import / Export

0,5 %

10 Apparent Energy ( KVAH ) 0,5 %

11 Reactive Power ( KVAr ) Per Phase and Total

0,5 %

12 Apparent Power ( KVA ) Per Phase and Total

0,5 %

13 Reactive Power ( KVAr ) Peak Demand 0,5 %

14 Apparent Power ( KVA ) Peak Demand 0,5 %

15 THD Voltage and Current Per Phase 1,0 %

16 Energy ( KWH ) Import / Export Per Phase

0,5 %

17 Demand Factor 0.5 %

18 Demand Current 0.5 %

19 Frequency 0.5%

20 Interrupting current in Fault 0.5 %

21 Stored current ( Maximeter ) 0.5 %

Page 93: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 85 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

22 Crest Factor 0.5 %

2. Multi function meters shall be included in all incomers, unless otherwise stated.

3. Modbus communication shall be made available together with RS232 or RS485 connections. Equivalent protocols are also acceptable. Type of protocol to be used shall be included in the submittal for approval.

4. Meters shall consist of a bright front display for easy viewing. Meters shall be flush mounted on the low voltage auxiliary panel door.

5. A minimum of 50 – 60 samples per cycle shall be required.

N INSTRUMENT AND CONTROL WIRING

1. Instrument and control wiring is to be type SIS, THHN or XHHW, stranded, dressed and secured or enclosed to maintain proper separation from medium voltage parts and shortest practicable routes. Wire sizes to remote relay connections are shown on the drawings. Minimum sizes:

Controls & PT Secondary 2,5mm C.T. secondary 2,5mm (within line-up)

2. Instrument and control wiring connections shall be made with crimp-on, insulated, forked lugs to screw terminals or by direct wire connection to box or barrel lugs.

3. Field wiring is to be made up on labeled, barriered terminal strips providing back-to-back pairs of terminals with no more than 2 wires per terminal.

4. IEC standards to apply for cable colors regarding different voltage levels.

5. All wiring and terminals shall be clearly marked and shall match drawings issued.

Technical Parameters (minimum )

Rated Insulation Voltage 12KV

Rated Impulse withstand Voltage 95KV, 1.2 / 50 Micro sec

Rated power frequency withstand voltage 38 KV -50Hz 1 min

Short circuit rating 20 KA 3 sec supplying at 12KV

Making capacity 63 KA supplying at 12 KV 2.3 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER

Page 94: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 86 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1 The voltage transformers shall be suitable for use in the cubicle installed in the

tropical climatic area and shall be capable of operating at full ratings in the service conditions mention above.

2 Except otherwise specified elsewhere in the specification, the equipment shall

be manufactured and tested in conformity with the latest revision of the IEC standards.

3 The proposed instrument transformers shall have successfully passed all the

type tests or design tests in accordance with the applicable standards. 4 The voltage transformers shall be tested consisting of at least the following:-

a) Applied potential dielectric tests between windings and between windings and ground. b) Induced potential tests. c) Accuracy tests. d) Polarity check

5 The voltage transformers shall have the same rated voltage Withstand as the HV switchgear 6 They shall be epoxy resin moulded and labelled individually 7 Access to the voltage transformers will only be allowed when the fuses are

withdrawn. This function shall be ensured by a mechanical interlock, Key type locks are not acceptable.

8 Voltage transformers shall be installed on the cable side of Incomer circuit

breakers to provide a voltage reference. 9 Voltage transformers shall be with draw able type. The circuit protection shall

include either low voltage adjustable circuit breakers or 2 Amp fuses 10 Voltage transformers shall be of a three (3) phase type. The star point of the

voltage transformer shall be earthed at one point only in the low voltage control panel. The adjustable circuit breakers shall be labeled to indicate their phase color

11 The voltage transformer shall follow following minimum parameters a) Rated insulation voltage 12kv b) Rated impulse withstand voltage 75KV c) Accuracy 0.5 d) Rating and burden As per the drawings 2.4 CURRENT TRANSFORMER

1. Current transformers shall be mounted on the cable side of the circuit breaker. They shall be epoxy resin moulded.

2. Current transformer secondary ratio shall be as indicated in the drawing.

Page 95: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 87 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

No Description Protection

CT

(5P20)

Metering

CT

(CL 0,5)

Utility

CT

(CL 0,5)

Earth

Core

CT

1 HV Incomer X X X X

2 HV OG / Transformer X X X

3 Bus Coupler X X

4 Generator / MDB (LV) X x X

3. Current transformer cores may be specified as single CT’s or as

combined cores to form one CT.

4. Current transformers shall include capacitive voltage taps for ‘Cable Live’ indication.

5. Current transformer burden values shall be preferably 10 VA. If more than 10 VA is required, then the burden values are to safely exceed relay impedance values.

6. Unless otherwise indicated, primary cast resin current transformers shall

withstand the short time current values equal to the rating of the switchgear for a minimum of 3 seconds.

7. All connections shall be labeled. Secondary windings shall be connected

to terminal boards for testing purposes in the low voltage control panels where each set of transformers shall be earthed. Shorting terminals shall be provided with input and output terminals which are to be clearly labeled.

8. Core balance current transformers shall be provided for earth fault

protection.

9. Additional current transformer nameplates shall be permanently mounted within the low voltage auxiliary panel for easy reference. Ideally, these nameplates should be mounted on the side of the low voltage panel.

10.In the event of top entry power cables and front access is only available,

current transformers shall be with draw able or easy accessible form the front of the enclosure.

11.For the protection and measurement functions, wide band non-magnetic

type shall be used.

Page 96: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 88 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

12.To facilitate adaptation and maintenance, current transformers specially

designed to be added to the switchgear, and which do not meet international standards are not acceptable

2.5 HIGH VOLATGE RING MAIN UNITS ( RMU )

2.5.1 General conditions.

These specifications apply to factory-built, RMU type, metal-enclosed indoor witchgears. The supplier shall be capable of proving that he has a broad experience in the area of MV switchgears and shall provide proof that he has already supplied equipment of the equivalent type and brand which has been in operation for at least three years. Upon the request, units shall be available either in standard compact range or in extensible versions. Details for extensibility design shall be provided including the basic principle and operations. Extensibility shall be easily possible on site by the customer, without SF6 handling, without any particular floor preparation and specific tools. When assembled, extensible units shall respect integral insulation and insensitivity to environment.

2.5.2. Standards

In order to be accepted, the switchgear shall comply with the requirements stated in the latest editions of the following recommendations, standard and specifications:

IEC standards IEC 60694 common clauses for MV switchgear standards, IEC 62271-200 MV metal-enclosed switchgear, (replacing IEC 60298) IEC 60265-1 MV switches, IEC 62271-102 AC disconnectors and earthing switches, (replacing IEC 60129) IEC 60420 MV AC switch-fuse combination, IEC 60529 degrees of protection procured by enclosures (IP code).

3. Service conditions

The RMU shall be suitable for operations at a height of less than 1000 meters above sea level The RMU shall be capable of operating normally within the following temperature range: Maximum air temperature: + 40 ° C Minimum air temperature: - 25 ° C Manufacturer shall declare whether RMU is able to operate in air temperature higher than + 40 °C and if current derating is necessary. The RMU shall be capable of being operated in electrically exposed locations. The RMU shall be capable of being exposed to high relative humidity and ambient air pollution.

The RMU shall be capable of being installed in either concrete indoor substations

Page 97: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 89 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

or in compact metal substations and kiosks with an IP54 rating. Manufacturer shall give all details regarding its solution for free-standing outdoor installations when requested.

4. System Parameters

Network Three phases - Three wires Rated Voltage 12 KV Service Voltage 11KV System Frequency 50 Hz Lightning Impulse withstand Voltage

Phase to phase, phase to earth 85KV Across the isolating distance 110 - 145 kV Power Frequency withstand voltage 38 - kV rms - 1 mn Rated Normal Current Line switch / Breaker 630 A Transformer feeder 200 A Rated Short time current withstand ( 3 sec )

20 kA 3 sec

Rated Short circuit making capacity of line

50 kA peak at Rated Voltage

switches and earthing switches Number of operations at rated short circuit current

5 closing operations

on line switch and earthing switch Rated load interrupting current

Page 98: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 90 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Line switch 630 A rms Rated cable charging interrupting current

Line switch 30 A Rated magnetizing interrupting current Line switch 16 A Number of mechanical operations 1000 O/C Number of electrical operations at full loop current 100 O/C

Test Certificates The routine tests carried out by the manufacturer shall be backed by test reports signed by the factory's quality control department. They shall include the following: Conformity with drawings and diagrams, Measurement of closing and opening speeds, Measurement of operating torque, Checking of filling pressure, Checking of gas-tightness, Checking of partial discharges on individual components, Dielectric testing and main circuit resistance measurement. 5 Protections Transformer feeder shall be provided with protection system Merlin Gerin VIP 35 or equivalent. Also there should be provision for interfacing transformer temperature controller (over temperature trip / alarm) with the breaker Transformer HV side doors also shall be interlocked with the breake 6 Interlocks There shall be castle key interlock between RMU incoming switches.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

Examine areas and conditions under which Work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL

Anchor enclosures to supporting concrete pads, or as detailed on the drawings.

Page 99: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 91 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Protect switchgear during construction with covering to keep it clean, dry and dust free. Provide heat necessary to eliminate condensation.

Switchgear shall only be installed when the following civil work has been completed:

a. Walls and ceilings are completed and sealed. b. Permanent doors are fixed. c. Air con units are installed. d. Light fittings are installed, wired and terminated. e. Plug socket chasing and plastering is completed. f. Painting is completed.

Coordinate raceway entry into switchgear so that sections with spare devices, or provision for future devices, have adequate accessible space in raceway entry areas for future raceway.

Ground switchboard frames and metal raceway entering switchboards as described in relevant section Provide 2- 8mm bonding jumpers, to the building steel, from each indoor line-up, Bond battery rack to switchboard ground bus.

Make connections in switchboards complete and secure before energizing and install or tighten fasteners with torques as recommended by the manufacturer.

In fusible switches, install fuses specified. Indicate fuse amperage, and type using adhesive labels supplied by the fuse manufacturer, affixed to the inside of each switch cover.

Mount and make connections to instrument transformers and meters as directed and/or furnished by Utility. Provide all cutouts and drilling required.

Coordinate connection of remote metering and alarms described in Plant Controls Section.

Label feeder conduit and power / control cables entering and leaving switchgear.

The maximum clearance to be provided around the switchgear shall be 1) Lateral 500mm 2) Behind the switchboard 200mm , No solutions that require rear access to the switchboard are not acceptable3) In front of the switchboard 1800mm, to facilitate any subsequent extraction of functional units 4) Above the switchboard 700mm. The equipment on a forklift , should be able to pass through a door 2500mm high and 1000mm wide

2 INSTALLATION

Verify numbering, routing and points of connection of feeders.

Guard edges and restore finish of new openings made in existing enclosures.

Close abandoned openings in boxes or enclosures with steel bolted plates finished to match existing materials.

3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

Secure the services of the manufacturer's technical representative.

Page 100: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 92 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Check wire-to-wire phasing of high voltage terminals across any breaker or switch permitting parallel connection to another source, including connections made via low voltage ties and ties which are key-interlocked to prevent unintentional paralleling. Where the equipment does not permit paralleling (including unintentional paralleling) check phase rotation.

Perform, or assist in the performance of, any testing required by the Electrical Utility.

Adjust pick-up and time delay settings, as directed, and calibrate the proprietary and remote metering.

Where differential current sensing is employed, test relay performance by primary current insertion at each individual current transformer.

Test the operation and calibration of new and re-worked protective relays prior to closing their respective breakers.

4 DEMONSTRATIONS (POI)

Demonstrate the operation of the medium voltage switching and have Owner's personnel conduct "Hands-On" open, close, trip and reset procedures.

Demonstrate the operation of protective relays.

Demonstrate the operation of key interlocks. END OF SECTION 16340

SECTION 16350

CAST RESIN AIR COOLED TRANSFORMERS

Page 101: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 93 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1 General

1. 1 Work included 1. 2 Reference standards 1.3 shop drawings and submittals

2 Products 2. 1 Scope 2. 2 Standards 2. 3 Core & winding 2. 4 Accessories and standard equipment 2. 5 Thermal Protection 2.6 Metal Enclosure 2.7 Electrical tests 2.8 Climatic and environmental classification 2.9 Fire behavior classification 2.10 facilities 2.11 Minimum Guaranteed Technical Parameters

3 Execution

Page 102: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 94 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16350 CAST RESIN AIR COOLED TRANSFORMERS 1 GENERAL 1.1 WORK INCLUDED

Provide all labour, material, products, equipments and services to supply and Install the Cast resin type Transformers as per rating indicated in the drawing and specification

1.2 Reference standards

a) All electrical installations shall be carried out as per the latest issue of IEE Regulations (BS 7671 17TH edition) and as per the requirements of the local electricity supply authority

b) The entire installation shall be installed and tested in accordance with the relevant BS and international standards and any requirements of the local electricity authority

1.3 Shop Drawings and submittals

Page 103: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 95 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

The contractor shall submittal a) Original Catalogue from Manufacturer indicating the complete technical

details b) Complete GA drawings of the Transformer c) Complete substation drawings indicating, transformer dimensions, cable

trenches, power & control cabling 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 - Scope Three-phase transformers of cast resin type, class F insulation system with

natural / Forced (AN / AF) cooling for indoor installation, destined for use in three-phase HV/LV distribution systems.

2.2 - Standards

These transformers will be in compliance with the following standards: - IEC 60076-1 to 60076-5: power transformers - IEC 60076-11: Dry type transformers - CENELEC Harmonisation Documents:

- HD 464 S1: 1988 + / A2: 1991 + / A3: 1992 for dry-type power transformers

- HD 538-1 S1: 1992 for three-phase dry-type distribution transformers 50 Hz, From 100 to 2500 kVA with highest voltage for equipment not exceeding 24 kV. - IEC 905: 1987 - Load guide for dry-type power transformers.

These transformers will be manufactured in accordance with: - a quality system in conformity with ISO 9001

- an environmental management system in conformity with ISO 14001, both certified by an official independent organisation.

2.3 - core & winding 2.3.1 - Magnetic core

This will be made from laminations of grain oriented silicon steel, insulated with mineral oxide and will be protected against corrosion with a coat of varnish. In order to reduce the power consumption due to transformer no-load losses, the magnetic core is stacked using overlapping-interlocking technology, with at least 6 overlaps.

Page 104: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 96 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

In order to reduce the noise produced by the magnetic core, it is equipped with noise-damping devices.

2.3.2 - LV windings

The LV winding is produced using copper foils. This foil will be insulated between each layer using a heat-reactivated class F pre-impregnated epoxy resin film The ends of the winding are protected and insulated using a class F insulating material, covered with heat reactivated epoxy resin

The whole winding assembly will be polymerized throughout by being autoclaved for 2 hours at 130°C, which is to ensure :

- High level of resistance to industrial environments - Excellent dielectric withstand

Very good resistance to radial stress in the instance of a bolted short circuit.

2.3.3 - HV windings

They will be separated from the LV windings to give an air gap between the HV and LV circuits in order to avoid depositing of dust on the spacers placed in the radical electrical field and to make maintenance easier. These will be independent of the LV windings and will be made of copper wire or foil (according to the manufacturer's preference) with class F insulation.

The HV windings will be vacuum cast in a class F fireproof epoxy resin casting system composed of : - an epoxy resin - an anhydride hardener with a flexibilising additive - a flame-retardant filler. The flame-retardant filler will be thoroughly mixed with the resin and hardener. It will be composed of trihydrated alumina powder (or aluminium hydroxide) or other flame-retardant products to be specified, either mixed with silica or not. The casting system will be of class F. The interior and exterior of the windings will be reinforced with a combination of glass fibre to provide thermal shock withstand 2.3.4 - HV winding support spacers These will provide sufficient support in transport, operation and during bolted short circuit conditions as well as in the case of an earthquake.

Page 105: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 97 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

These spacers will be circular in shape for easy cleaning. They will give an extended tracking line to give better dielectric withstand under humid or high dust conditions. These spacers will include an elastomer cushion that will allow it to absorb expansion according to load conditions. This elastomer cushion will be incorporated in the spacer to prevent it being deteriorated by air or UV.

2.3.5 - HV connections

The HV connections will be made from above/below on the top of the connection bars. Each bar will be drilled with a 13 mm hole ready for connection of cable lugs on terminal plates. The HV connection bars will be in rigid copper bars protected by heat shrinkable tubing. HV connections in cables are not allowed, in order to avoid all risk of contact, due to cables flapping The HV connections will be in copper.

2.3.6 - LV connections

The LV connections will be made from above/below onto bars located at the top of the coils on the opposite side to the HV connections. Connection of the LV neutral will be directly made to the LV terminals between the LV phase bars. The LV connection bars will be in copper. The output from each LV winding will comprise a copper connection terminal, enabling all connections to be made without using a contact interface (grease, by-metallic strip) These will be assembled according to current practices, notably using spring washers under the fixings and nuts.

2.3.7 - HV tapping

The tapping which act on the highest voltage adapting the transformer to the real supply voltage value, will be off-circuit bolted links. Tapping with connection cables are not allowed. These bolted links will be attached to the HV coils.

2.4 - Accessories and standard equipment These transformers shall be equipped with: - 4 flat bi-directional rollers - Lifting lugs - Haulage holes on the under base - 2 earthling terminals - 1 rating plate - Roller for mounting - 1 "Danger Electricity" warning label (T 10 warning)

Page 106: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 98 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

- 1 routine tests certificate - 1 instruction manual for installation, commissioning and maintenance in English. 2.5 - Thermal protection

These transformers will be equipped with a thermal protection device which will comprise: 2 sets of 3 PTC sensors, one sensor for "Alarm 1", one for "Alarm 2" per phase, installed in the coils of the transformer. They will be placed in a tube to enable them to be replaced if ever necessary. An electronic converter with two independent monitoring circuits equipped with a changeover switch, one for "Alarm 1" the other for "Alarm 2". The position of the relays will be indicated by different coloured indicator lights. A third indicator light will indicate the presence of voltage. These three indicator lights will be on the front of the converter. The electronic converter will be installed away from the transformer. A plug-in terminal block for connection of the PTC sensors to the electronic converter The PTC sensors will be supplied assembled and wired to the terminal block fixed on the upper part of the transformer. The converter will be supplied loose with the transformer, packaged complete with its wiring diagram. Assembly consisting of 3 sections input Section, Output Section and Display & Data Management section

Input

1) 3 or 4 input from Pt 100 , 3 wires (input channels protected against

Electromagnetic noises and spikes) 2 separate cooling system with fan contact ratio or 16 amps (220v

ac) Auto / Man cooling fan operation Buzzer for acoustic alarm signal Additional output of 4-20mA ( 0-240 Degree ) Sensor length – Cable compensation upto 500 meters ( 1 sqmm ) Ambient operating temperature ( -20 to 60 Degree ) Self Diagnostics of temperature sensors

Output

2 Alarm relays ( Alarm – Trip ) Alarm contact rating : 5amps, 250v ac resistive

Page 107: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 99 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Fan 1 / Fan 2 Outputs protected by 10 A slow fuses ( Max 16 A ) Output contact capacity 20A -220 V ac , cos ~ 1 Analogue output 4- 20 mA Output relays test facility Combining over temperature alarm function with automatic control of

cooling system RS 485 output ( 4 wire ) Modbus RTU facility , the monitoring unit can

be connected to a BMS for remote control Display & Data Management

Temperature monitoring from o to 240 degree 2 Alarm ON –OFF thresholds for fan control Manual & Auto operation Programming by front push button Provision of setting automatic channel scanning , channel, Manual

scanning Max temperature and alarm storage Frontal alarm reset button Possibility of setting hold function for output relays

2.6 - Metal enclosure

a) The transformer shall be equipped with a metal enclosure for indoor application having an IP Protection of IP 31. b) The enclosure shall be coated with anti corrosion protection in the manufacturer’s standard colour c) Shall be fitted with lifting lugs (min 4) enabling the transformer and enclosure Assembly to be handled d) Shall have bolted access panel on the enclosure front to allow access to the HV connections and to the tapping. This will be fitted with handles, it will have one, it will have one "Danger Electricity" warning label, a rating plate and a visible braid for earthling.

e) Digital Temperature indicator / Fan controller

f) Shall provide Blanked off holes for fitting Ronis ELP 1 or alternatively Profalux P1 type key locks on the bolted access panel to enable it to be locked. This shall form the KEY-Interlock for HV switchgear on the Primary Side for ensuring the door can be accessed only if the Switchgear is put in Off & Earthed position

Page 108: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 100 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

g) Mechanical/Electrical Interlock on the HV/LV side (11000/400v) to ensure the LV/MV (400V or 11000V) switchgear is locked in OPEN//DISCONNECT position before accessing the HV/LV access door for the Transformer

h) Factory built Cable entry box complete with cover and gland plates for HV /LV side 2.7 - Electrical tests -Routine Tests

These tests will be carried out on all the transformers after the manufactu-ring, enabling an official test certificate to be produced for each one :

a) - measurement of windings resistance b) - measurement of the transformation ratio and vector group c) - measurement of impedance voltage and load loss d) - measurement of no load loss and no load current e) - applied voltage dielectric test f) - induced voltage dielectric test g) - measurement of partial discharges. h) – Factory acceptance test with client / Consultant engineer

(All these tests are defined in the Harmonisation Document HD 464 S1: 1988, the IEC 60076-11 and IEC 60076-1 to 60076-3 standards).

2.8 - Climatic and Environmental classifications These transformers will be of climatic class C2 and of environmental class E2

as defined in appendix B of HD 464 S1: 1988 / A2 : 1991. C2 and E2 classes will be indicated on the rating plate.

The manufacturer must produce a test report from an official laboratory for a

transformer of the same design as those produced. The tests must have been performed in accordance with appendix ZA and ZB

of CENELEC HD 464 S1 : 1988 / A3 : 1992. 2.9 - Fire behaviour classification These transformers will be of class F1 as defined in article B3 of CENELEC HD

464 S1: 1988 / A2: 1991. F1 class will be indicated on the rating plate.

The manufacturer must produce a test report from an official laboratory on a

transformer of the same design as those produced and on the same transformer which have initially passed the here above Climatic and Environmental tests.

Page 109: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 101 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

This test must have been performed in accordance with appendix ZC of CENELEC HD 464 S1:1988 / A3: 1992. Failure to submit a suitable certificate is liable to rejection of the transformer offered.

2.10 – Facility - The manufacturer of the Cast Resin Transformers should have

their own in-house facility for the casting process and should have reference to supplies to similar projects.

2.11 MINIMUM GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARAMETERS NO DESCRIPTION REQUIRED 1 Continuous rating at site

conditions AN/AF 1500 / 2100 KVA

2 Rated Insulation Level(KV) 12kV 3 Vector group Dyn11 4 Winding material HV / LV Copper 5 Frequency 50 Hz 6 Rated High Voltage 11000V 7 Rated Insulation Level(KV) 12kV 8 Rated power frequency withstand

voltage(KV RMS ) 28KV

9 Rated impulse withstand voltage in KV

75KV

10 HV Tapping off circuit + - 2.5, + - 5% (connecting links ) 11 Maximum partial discharge when

measured as per IEC 726 10 pC

12 Rated Low voltage 415 V at no load ( Subjected to EDD approval )

13 Applied Voltage to industrial frequency

10KV

14 High voltage / Low voltage connection type

Cable entry box on side ( HV / LV )

15 Connections marking IEC 16 Number of connections 3 for HV / 4 for LV 17 Thermal Insulation class Class F 18 Temperature rise 80 K 19 Electrical No load losses at 75 2500W 20 Electrical load losses at 75

degree at normal voltage and tap 12000 W

21 Percentage impedance 5.5%(Subjected to EDD approval ) 22 Noise level 61 .dB(A) at 1m (subjected to

EDD Approval ) 23 Maximum ambient temperature 50 degree 24 Daily average temperature 40 degree 25 Yearly average temperature 30 degree 26 Enclosure Degree of protection IP 31

Page 110: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 102 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

27 Pre set level of temperature monitoring system Alarm Trip

130 Degree 140 Degree

28 Quality system ISO 9001 29 standards IEC 726 3 Installation and commissioning Contractor shall install and commission the transformer as per standards EDD guidelines and shall be responsible for getting all the necessary approvals from EDD. Minimum guaranteed parameters shall be as per EDD approval; contractor shall coordinate with supplier regarding any change in EDD standards for parameters especially percentage impedance, noise level and no load voltage without any financial impact to the client. END OF SECTION: 16350

SECTION – 16360

HIGH VOLTAGE CABLES

Page 111: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 103 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16360

HIGH VOLTAGE CABLES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes cables, terminations, and accessories for medium-voltage electrical distribution systems.

1.3 STANDARDS:

A. The following standards shall be adhered to:

1. IEC 60502-2

2. BS 6622

3. IEC 228 CLASS 2

Page 112: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 104 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of cable indicated. Include terminations for cables and cable accessories.

B. Qualification Data: For testing agency.

C. Source quality-control test reports.

D. Material Certificates: For each cable and accessory type, signed by manufacturers, certifying that cables comply with requirements specified in Part 2 Article "Source Quality Control."

E. Field quality-control test reports.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer: Engage a cable installer, trained and certified by splice material manufacturer, to install, and terminate HV-voltage cable.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Testing agency as defined by OSHA in 29 CFR 1910.7 or a member company of the Inter National Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the Inter National Electrical Testing Association or the National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies to supervise testing specified in Part 3.

C. Source Limitations: Obtain cables and accessories through one source from a single manufacturer.

D. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for intended use.

E. Comply with IEEE C2 and NFPA 70.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Accepted manufacturers:

See the list of approved Manufactures

2.2 CABLES

A. Cable Type: 3-core XLPE insulated, PVC sheathed, steel wire armored

B. Conductor: Copper

C. Conductor Stranding: Compact round, concentric laid

D. Strand Filling: Conductor interstices are filled with impermeable compound

Page 113: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 105 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

E. Voltage Rating: 8.7 / 15 ( 17.5 KV ) for 11KV cables and

F. Current rating: As per respective drawings

G. Short Circuit Current: All cables are to be rated for the short circuit current level present at their respective feeders.

H. Cable insulation: Semi conductive copper screen / XLPE insulation / semi conductive insulation screen / copper tape screen / galvanized SWA / outer sheath.

I. Shielding: Copper tape screened, helically applied over semi-conducting insulation shield.

J. Three-Conductor Cable Assembly: Three insulated, shielded conductors cabled together with ground conductors.

K. Circuit Identification: Color-coded tape (red, white, blue) under the metallic shielding for 3 phase systems.

L. Derating: cables should be derated to 50 deg C ambient temperatures. Additional factors should be considered for cables laid in ducts

2.3 SOLID TERMINATIONS

A. Multi-conductor Cable Sheath Seals: Type recommended by seal manufacturer for type of cable and installation conditions, including orientation.

1. Cold-shrink sheath seal kit with preformed sleeve openings sized for cable and insulated conductors.

2. Class 1 terminations are to be adhered to.

2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Test and inspect cables according to listed IEC standards before shipping.

B. Test strand-filled cables for water-penetration resistance according to ICEA T-31-610, using a test pressure of 35 kPa.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Install cables according to IEEE 576.

B. Pull Conductors: Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.

1. Where necessary, use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant that will not deteriorate conductor or insulation.

2. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave cable grips that will not damage cables or raceways. Do not use rope hitches for pulling attachment to cable.

Page 114: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 106 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

C. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members and follow surface contours where possible.

D. Support cables according to Division 16 Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods."

E. Install direct-buried cables on leveled and tamped bed of 75-mm thick, clean sand. Separate cables crossing other cables or piping by a minimum of 100 mm of tamped earth. Install permanent markers at ends of cable runs, changes in direction, and buried splices.

F. Install "buried-cable" warning tape 305 mm above cables.

G. In manholes, hand holes, pull boxes, junction boxes, and cable vaults, train cables around walls by the longest route from entry to exit and support cables at intervals adequate to prevent sag.

H. Install terminations at ends of conductors and seal multi-conductor cable ends with standard kits.

I. Ground shields of shielded cable at terminations, splices, and separable insulated connectors. Ground metal bodies of terminators, splices, cable and separable insulated-connector fittings, and hardware.

J. Identify cables according to Division 16 Section - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods and Electrical Identification.

3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following field quality-control testing:

B. Testing: Perform the following field quality-control testing:

1. After installing HV-voltage cables and before electrical circuitry has been energized, test for compliance with requirements.

2. Perform each electrical test and visual and mechanical inspection stated in NETA ATS, Section 7.3.2. Certify compliance with test parameters.

END OF SECTION 16360

Page 115: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 107 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION – 16370

OVER CURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE CORDINATION

Page 116: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 108 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16370

OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes computer-based, fault-current and over current protective device coordination studies, and the setting of these devices.

1. Coordination of series-rated devices is permitted where indicated on Drawings.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For computer software program to be used for studies.

B. Product Certificates: For coordination-study and fault-current-study computer software programs, certifying compliance with relative IEC standards.

C. Qualification Data: For coordination-study specialist.

D. Other Action Submittals:

1. Coordination-study input data, including completed computer program input data sheets.

2. Coordination-study report.

3. Equipment evaluation report.

Page 117: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 109 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

4. Setting report.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Studies shall use computer programs that are distributed nationally and are in wide use. Software algorithms shall comply with requirements of standards and guides specified in this Section. Manual sample calculations also to be provided.

B. Coordination-Study Specialist Qualifications: An organization experienced in the application of computer software used for studies, having performed successful studies of similar magnitude on electrical distribution systems using similar devices.

C. Testing Agency Qualifications: Member company of the International Electrical Testing Association.

1. Testing Agency's Field Supervisor: Person currently certified by the International Electrical Testing Association to supervise testing specified in Part 3.

D. Comply with IEC for general study procedures.

E. Comply with IEC for short-circuit currents and coordination time intervals.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 COMPUTER SOFTWARE DEVELOPERS

A. Computer Software Developers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide computer software programs developed by one of the following:

1. CYME International, Inc.

2. EDSA Micro Corporation.

3. Electrical Systems Analysis, Inc.

4. SKM Systems Analysis, Inc.

5. Any other approved equivalent

2.2 COMPUTER SOFTWARE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with IEC.

B. Analytical features of fault-current-study computer software program shall include "mandatory," "very desirable," and "desirable" features.

C. Computer software program shall be capable of plotting and diagramming time-current-characteristic curves as part of its output. Computer software program shall report device settings and ratings of all over current protective devices.

Page 118: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 110 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine over current protective device submittals for compliance with electrical distribution system coordination requirements and other conditions affecting performance. Devices to be coordinated are indicated on Drawings.

B. Proceed with coordination study only after relevant equipment submittals have been assembled. Over current protective devices not submitted for approval with coordination study may not be used in study.

3.2 FAULT-CURRENT STUDY

A. Source Impedance: As an infinite bus on primary side of utility transformer.

B. Study electrical distribution system from normal and alternate power sources throughout electrical distribution system and use approved computer software program to calculate values. Include studies of system-switching configurations and alternate operations that could result in maximum fault conditions.

C. Calculate momentary and interrupting duties on the basis of maximum available fault current.

D. Study Report: Enter calculated X/R ratios and interrupting (5-cycle) fault currents on electrical distribution system diagram of the report. List other output values from computer analysis, including momentary (1/2-cycle), interrupting (5-cycle), and 30-cycle fault-current values for 3-phase, 2-phase, and phase-to-ground faults.

E. Equipment Evaluation Report: Prepare a report on the adequacy of over current protective devices and conductors by comparing fault-current ratings of these devices with calculated fault-current momentary and interrupting duties.

3.3 COORDINATION STUDY

A. Gather and tabulate the following input data to support coordination study:

1. Product Data for over current protective devices specified in other Division 16 Sections and involved in over current protective device coordination studies. Use equipment designation tags that are consistent with electrical distribution system diagrams, over current protective device submittals, input and output data, and recommended device settings.

2. Impedance of utility service entrance.

3. Electrical distribution system diagram showing the following:

Page 119: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 111 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

a. Load current that is the basis for sizing continuous ratings of circuits for cables and equipment.

b. Circuit-breaker and fuse-current ratings and types.

c. Relays and associated power and current transformer ratings and ratios.

d. Transformer kilovolt amperes, primary and secondary voltages, connection type, impedance, and X/R ratios.

e. Generator kilovolt amperes, size, voltage, and source impedance.

f. Cables. Indicate conduit material, sizes of conductors, conductor insulation, and length.

g. Bus way ampacity and impedance.

h. Motor horsepower and code letter designation according to IEC.

4. Data sheets to supplement electrical distribution system diagram, cross-referenced with tag numbers on diagram:

a. Special load considerations, including starting inrush currents and frequent starting and stopping.

b. Magnetic inrush current overload capabilities of transformers.

c. Motor full-load current, locked rotor current, service factor, starting time, type of start, and thermal-damage curve.

d. Ratings, types, and settings of utility company's over current protective devices.

e. Special over current protective device settings or types stipulated by utility company.

f. Time-current-characteristic curves of devices indicated to be coordinated.

g. Manufacturer, frame size, interrupting rating in amperes rms symmetrical, ampere or current sensor rating, long-time adjustment range, short-time adjustment range, and instantaneous adjustment range for circuit breakers.

h. Manufacturer and type, ampere-tap adjustment range, time-delay adjustment range, instantaneous attachment adjustment range, and current transformer ratio for over current relays.

i. Panel boards, switchboards, motor-control center ampacity, and interrupting rating in amperes rms symmetrical.

B. Perform coordination study and prepare a written report using the results of fault-current study and approved computer software program. Comply with IEC.

Page 120: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 112 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

C. Comply with NFPA 70 for over current protection of circuit elements and devices.

D. Comply with IEC recommendations for fault currents and time intervals.

E. Transformer Primary Over current Protective Devices:

1. Device shall not operate in response to the following:

a. Self-cooled, full-load current or forced-air-cooled, full-load current, whichever is specified for that transformer.

b. Permissible transformer overloads according to manufacturer data.

2. Device shall protect transformer according to IEEE C57.12.00, for fault currents.

F. Conductor Protection: Protect cables against damage from fault currents. Verify adequacy of phase conductors at maximum three-phase bolted fault currents, equipment grounding conductors, and grounding electrode conductors at maximum ground-fault currents.

G. Motor protection –Device should have following protections as minimum

Thermal overload

Temperature rise (PTC)

Phase un balance

Earth fault (Using CBCT / Toroid)

Prolonged starting

Under current

Torque limitation

Cos &

Phase rotation monitoring

H. Coordination-Study Report: Prepare a written report indicating the following results of coordination study:

1. Tabular Format of Settings Selected for Over current Protective Devices:

a. Device tag.

b. Relay-current transformer ratios; and tap, time-dial, and instantaneous-pickup values.

c. Circuit-breaker sensor rating; and long-time, short-time, and instantaneous settings.

d. Fuse-current rating and type.

e. Ground-fault relay-pickup and time-delay settings.

Page 121: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 113 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2. Coordination Curves: Prepared to determine settings of over current protective devices to achieve selective coordination. Graphically illustrate that adequate time separation exists between series devices, including power utility company's upstream devices. Show the following specific information:

a. Device tag.

b. Voltage and current ratio for curves.

c. Three-phase and single-phase damage points for each transformer.

d. No damage, melting, and clearing curves for fuses.

e. Cable damage curves.

f. Transformer inrush points.

g. Maximum fault-current cutoff point.

3. Completed data sheets for setting of over current protective devices.

3.4 OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICE SETTING

A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative, of electrical distribution equipment being set and adjusted, to set over current protective devices within equipment.

B. Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform the following device setting and to prepare test reports.

C. Testing: Perform the following device setting and prepare reports:

1. After installing over current protective devices and during energizing process of electrical distribution system, perform the following:

a. Verify that over current protective devices meet parameters used in studies.

b. Adjust devices to values listed in study results.

END OF SECTION 16370

Page 122: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 114 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION – 16380

BATTERY SYSTEM & BATTERY CHARGER

Page 123: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 115 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16380 Battery System & Battery Charger

PART 1 - GENERAL

SUMMARY

Section Includes. DC Rectifier Panel board and associated cabling Batteries and accessories Battery charger

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

48 volt DC system includes battery system and Dual charger to provide control, operating and indicating voltages to the 11kV power systems. Battery system to be designed to provide power for at least 3 hours if the charger is disconnected or without input power. The system is to be designed to accommodate the highest likely concurrent load to be imposed upon it X2 safety factor.

SUBMITTALS

Comply with the Tender Invitation for Submittal Requirements.

Product Data Manufacturer’s specifications and technical data including performance, construction and fabrication Submit product data for each manufactured component Submit calculations showing the capacity of battery and charger required for Substation.

Shop Drawings:

Indicate dimensions, description of materials and finishes, general construction, specific modifications, component connections, anchorage methods, hardware, and installation procedures, including specific requirements indicated.

Page 124: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 116 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Operation & Maintenance Manuals Product Data described above Printed maintenance, testing and operating information, and parts lists

DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Deliver products in their original packaging with legible manufacturer's identification.

Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations

Codes and Standards

IEC 60076 : Power transformers IEC 60146 : Semiconductor converters. IEC 60157 : Low voltage distribution devices IEC 60255 : Electrical relays. IEC 60269 : Low voltage fuses IEC 60326 : Printed boards IEC 60364 : Wiring IEC 60384 : Fixed capacitors for used in electronic equipment. IEC 60439 : Low voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies IEC 60478 : Stabilized power supplies DC output. IEC 60529 : Degrees of protection IEC 60617 : Graphical symbols for diagrams. IEC 60947 : Low voltage switchgear and control gear assemblies IEC 61660 : Short circuit current in DC auxiliary systems EN 50081-2 : Electromagnetic compatibility - house hold appliances EN 50082-2 : Electromagnetic compatibility – industrial environment

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

MANUFACTURERS

SEE THE APPROVED MANUFACTURERS LIST

Environmental Conditions

Operating temperature Range : 0 to + 50 C Storage temperature Range : -10 to +85 C Operating Humidity : 95% without condensation Cooling : Fan cooled controlled by thermostat

DC POWER SYSTEM

General

Page 125: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 117 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1. All components shall be accessible from the front of the panel. 2. Enclosures shall be rated for IP 42. 3. The DC system shall have a service life span of 20 years. 4. The cabinet shall be fitted with an earth bar and cable support bar. 5. Temperature compensation shall be fitted as a standard on all units

with lead acid cells The charger voltage shall be automatically adjusted with reference to the ambient temperature to optimize charging and battery life

6. A key operated manual boost / commissioning switch to be fitted to units with vented batteries

7. It shall be provided with test buttons to simulate mains failure

Transformer 8. Electro statically shielded type with primary/secondary windings 9. 415 volt, single phase, 50 Hz primary input, 50 volt nominal single

phase output, air-cooled dry type with not more than 150 degrees C. rise above 40 degrees C. ambient temperatures. Transformer suitable for non-sinusoidal load with K-factor not to exceed 20

10. Delta/wye connected with neutral solidly grounded with 6 full 2.5 percent voltage taps, 2 above and 4 below nominal voltage. Tapping identification shall be clearly marked.

11. An earth screen shall be provided between the primary and secondary windings.

12. Minimum common-mode noise attenuation at 10 KHz to be 80db 13. 0.5 percent harmonic distortion with full load efficiency of not less

than 95 percent 14. Voltage output regulation at full load not less than plus 3 percent to

nominal input voltage. 15. Input AC voltage circuit breaker. 16. It shall be Double wound with earth screen to BS171

Rectifier AC Input Must be fitted with an electronic current limit device and if necessary with a current limit device to limit the maximum charge current of the battery. The float charge voltage must be set very accurate and must be stable over the entire load range of 0 - 100% with an accuracy of 1% with at the same time deviation in the mains supply voltage of 10% and frequency deviation of 6%.

The ripple voltage at Nominal voltage - 50 volt AC/ single phase/50 Hz Allowable voltage variation - + 10% voltage, + 5% frequency Power factor - > 0.70

The rectifier must be a Full wave controlled thyrister /diode bridge,

microprocessor controlled type of the series SPR/TPR. All status, measuring and alarm annunciations of the rectifier must be displayed using a 16 character 2 line LC Display. Selection of the menu structure and measuring functions must be done using the 3 soft-keys, which are incorporated in the display unit.

Page 126: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 118 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Trained service and maintenance engineers can adjust the system parameters via the password protected menu structure, or via a laptop with dedicated SPARC software. Charge of the batteries must be in accordance with the UI-Characteristic according to DIN 41773. It must be possible to initiate the charge cycle either manual or automatic. The recharge time must be settable via the software. The recharge time must be selectable as total charge or post charge time. Automatic recharge must be initiated after a battery discharge; selection can be made based on detection of a certain time of mains failure, a certain time of charging the battery after mains failure based on the current limit of the charger or after a fixed number of months after the last recharge. The maximum voltage may not be reached during float charge of the battery. The charger nominal load may not be higher then 5% RMS without the battery connected and typical2.5%. The rectifier may not produce any acoustical noise more then 65 dB(A) at 1 meter distance and 1 meter height of the cabinet with all covers fitted. The rectifier voltage may not drift more then 0,15 % per 1000h The rectifier must be able to handle peak voltages of 2000Vac Between input and output without any detrimental effect. The rectifier must be equipped on the input side with an input switch, operated inside of the cabinet, (through the IP20 cover ) The battery connection as a minimum must be protected by means of a double pole battery fuse, which has to be selective with the internal rectifier fuse.

DC Output

Nominal voltage – 48 volt DC Static Regulation - + 2%, for network variation of + 10% and

incharging variation of 5 to 100% Dynamic regulation - + 10%, for 50-100% or 100 to 50% lvariation.

Recovery time < 250 ms Ripple - < 2% RMS of output voltage without battery connected Efficiency - > 85%, full load and maximum output voltage

Protection Devices

Surge suppression at AC input, MOV type Phase /Sequence Failure Sensor & High/low Voltage Sensor at AC input Circuit breaker at AC input Circuit breaker at load output Circuit breaker at battery output Circuit breaker on Rectifier Bridge Circuit breaker on auxiliary circuits Current limiter at rectifier output Current limiter at battery output RC circuit on Rectifier Bridge High rectifier voltage sensor

Circuit Breaker Panelboard

Page 127: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 119 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Factory wired and balanced single phase, 2 pole output distribution panel. Main C/B with not less than calculated Isc value rating, molded case, 2 pole with thermal/magnetic common trip mechanism. Individual branch circuit breakers, bolt-on type, 125 volt DC circuit breakers. With 3 position operating level, clearly indicating trip, on, or off position Capable of accommodating 20 amp 2 pole rated dc voltage C/B's with not less than 10kA Isc Separate neutral and ground bus lugs Two outgoing feeders shall be provided for each set of panels namely, one for each side of the Bus Coupler.

Batteries & Accessories

Batteries to be individually mounted sealed lead acid or nickel cadmium type.

Batteries to be mounted in a battery rack. Provide welded steel, painted racks allowing no more than three rows vertically and braced for this seismic zone.

Batteries shall have the top terminals protected by a formed clear plastic sheet, minimum thickness to be not less than 5mm.

Batteries shall provide 3 hour autonomy at nominal rating with 100% light output from all emergency lights.

Batteries shall be maintenance free lead acid, gas recombination type with a minimum design life of 10 years They shall have extremely low gas generation. Low gas discharge and have permanently sealed pressure release vents.

The minimum voltage cell discharge level shall not be below 1.7v The battery manufacturer shall provide a letter stating the batteries country of origin.

One year warranty shall be provided for the batteries regardless of the operating conditions of the battery.

The terminals of the batteries shall be covered to avoid electrical shock Care should be taken to store / install these batteries which are free of extreme high temperature There shall be a facility of constant monitoring

Page 128: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 120 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Monitor/Control Panel. The microprocessors shall store all alarms. The microprocessors shall store and be able to send all the available alarms. Microprocessors shall control and supervise the equipment Command

Equipment - On/Off Operation Mode: manual Charge/Float Charge or Automatic

Adjustments a. Input Low/High voltage AC level b. Load Low/High output DC voltage level c. End voltage levels for batteries

Metering a. AC input voltage and current b. Rectifier DC output voltage and current c. Load voltage and current d. The charge – discharge current to and from the storage batteries. e. Available battery capacity in AH

Alarm messages/events

a. Alarm messages shall be displayed by LCD display and by serial interface

b. Alarm/events shall be stored and accessible by db 9 serial port communication with date and hour of occurrence. Storage capacity 200 events

c. Rectifier – high voltage d. Rectifier – low voltage e. Sequence/Phase failure f. AC low volatge g. AC high voltage h. Cut-out fuse sensor i. Over temperature j. Load output low voltage k. Load output high voltage l. Ground fault (+) pole m. Ground fault (-) pole n. Charge mode interlock o. Battery Discharge Provide voltage-free 5 Amp alarm contacts for the following conditions:

AC input failed DC voltage abnormal DC over-current

Cabinet and Frame Construction

Page 129: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 121 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Structure – Constructed of 12 gauge steel plate with holes for fixing supports and trays with screws. Two compartments one for the distribution panel the other compartment for the AC transformer, and DC equipment. Designed for ease of installation and service from the front Doors – 12 gauge steel, hinged with lockable handles. Surface treatment – powder-coated gray paint Cable access from the top and side Standard factory paint color for exterior and interior

PART 4 - EXECUTION

4.1 installation

Comply with manufacturer's recommendations

Connect DC power supply system to the battery system

Connect 48 VDC to 11kV switchgear circuit breaker protective relays and indicating light circuits

END OF SECTION 16380

SECTION 16410

LOW VOLTAGE DIOSTRIBUTION BOARDS

Page 130: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 122 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

PART 1 GENERAL WORK INCLUDED REFERENCE STANDARDS SHOP DARWINGS PART 2 PRODUCTS PART 2A – LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION BOARDS - MDB / SMDB / DP / MCC 2A.1 PANEL CONSTRUCTION 2A.2 MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER 2A.3 FEEDER CIRCUIT BREAKER 2A.4 METERING SECTION 2A.5 INTERNAL WIRING AND ACBLE TERMINATION 2A.6 TRANSIENT OVER VOLATGE SUPPRESSION PART 2B- DISTRIBUTION BOARDS AND FEEDER PILAAR ( DB / FP ) PART 3 MANUFACTURER AND ACCESSORIES PART 4 EXECUTIONS, INSTALLATION & COMMSIIOING

Page 131: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 123 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1 GENERAL 1.1 Work included -Provide all labor, material, products, equipments and

services to supply and install the main switchboard systems as indicated on the drawings and specified in these specifications

1.2 Reference Standards

.1 All electrical installations shall be carried out in accordance with the latest international standards and codes practices specifically with the current issue of IEEE regulations ( BS 7671 17TH Edition ) and the requirements of the local electricity authority

.2 The entire installation shall be installed and tested in accordance with

the relevant British standards and requirements of the local electrical authority

In General standards to be followed are as follows Contactors, motor starters BS EN 60947-4-1 HRC Fuses BS EN 60269 Capacitors BS EN 60831 MDB, SMDB BS EN 60439-1 ACB,MCCB BS EN 60947 MCB BS EN 60898 Ammeters / Voltmeters IEC 51 CT IEC 185 Internal Wiring BS 6231

Page 132: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 124 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

RCBO BS EN 61009 RCCB BS EN 61008 Final DB BS EN 60439-3

1.3 Shop Drawings

.1 The manufacturer shall submit to the engineer before manufacturer 3 sets of detailed proposals comprising drawings, catalogue copies duly marked showing offered equipment, compliance to specification a and set of original catalogues.

Drawings shall detail - Front Fascia

- Foundation Plans - Single line diagram with details - Control drawing with description - Overall dimensions & clearance

required - Cable entry - Access for cabling - Type of mounting wall / Floor

2A POWER DISTRIBUTION BOARDS- MDB / SMDB / SMP / DP / MCC 2A.1 PANEL CONSTRUCTION SECTION A. CUBICLE CONSTRUCTION 1. Cubicle pattern main or sub-main distribution boards shall be supplied by

the manufacturer of the component protective devices. The cubicles shall be assembled to Low Voltage Power Distribution Boards & /or Motor Control Centers using these protective devices by an authorized / Franchised Panel Builder designated by the manufacturer with not less than 10 years experience in the field, with proven track record, equipped with test equipment & qualified technical staff who have carried out similar work.

The design of the cubicles shall be validated by Full type tests in

compliance with standard IEC 60439-1// BS EN 60439-1, EN 60439-1, VDE 0660, UL and BS 5486:Part 1 and panel supplier shall provide full type test certifications

2. The distribution board enclosures shall be either pressed or fabricated from

sheet steel having a minimum thickness of 2mm. The steel shall be electro zinc plated, (Zintec) and shall have a minimum of priming coat, undercoat and finishing coat of paint. The undercoat and finished coat shall be stove enameled. The frames shall be of 2mm thick electro galvanized sheet steel metal. Provide enclosures fabricated by same manufacturer as panel boards, and which mate properly with panel boards to be enclosed Cubicle

Page 133: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 125 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

construction shall be fully rated at 50 degree ambient. The panel shall be modular multi cubicle type extensible both sides of robust construction Form of segregation as indicated in the drawings. Width and Height of the panel shall not exceed 1000mm and 2200mm respectively. Operating height not greater than 1.8m from ground level. Each sub cubicles shall comprise main horizontal busbar chamber, a vertical busbar chamber, both enclosed in metal clad chambers, compartment for functional units, vertical cable chamber etc. Main frame vertical channels & integral base frame shall be made of strong steel multi folded construction. All feeders shall be provided with Rotary type operating Handle

Aluminum gland plates of minimum thickness 3mm shall be provided for

single core cables and MS Gland plate shall be provided for three / four core cables.

All steel work shall be subjected to a four stage finishing process together

with chemical sprays, degreasing processes, iron phosphating and finally finished with a top coat of polyester powder deposited electro statically and cured in a high temperature oven to give a strong molecular bonding with the steel . surface shall be smooth flawless, semi gloss ,high scratch & corrosion resistant.

3. The panel board shall house the main circuit breaker, feeder circuit

breakers, instrumentation service entrance of incoming cables or bus duct and manual transfer switch. The final color shall be an approved standard RAL shade 7035 light grey.

4. The degree of protection for Main Panels/SMPs shall be defined in

compliance with IEC-529. It shall be Minimum:

(a) IP54 / 42 as indicated in the single line drawings with door and gasket for indoor use.

(b) IP66 with door gasket for outdoor use. 5. The low voltage switchboards shall have a rated insulation level of 1000V

AC and shall have a rated operation voltage of 690V AC (SMP /MCC) & 1000V (MDBs).

6. For the main panel and sub main panel details, refer the details shown in

the drawings. Contractor / panel supplier shall provide a third party certification regarding the Form of segregation and IP rating. Form of segregation shall be as per IEC standards.

7. Minimum short circuit rating of Panels shall be as follows:

Main Panels - 50KA for 3 sec

Page 134: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 126 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Sub Main Panels / DP / MCC - 35 / 25 KA. For 1 sec (as indicated in the drawings)

8. All steel screws, nuts, bolts, washers etc shall be zinc plated and activated to prevent rusting.

9. Both vertical and horizontal bus bars shall be 4 pole (full size neutral) made

of high density high conductivity (HDHC) electro tinned copper and shall be insulated, totally enclosed in metal clad chambers. The parallel bus bar conductor for each phase shall be permitted only for current exceeding 1000 amperes. Bus bar chamber covers shall be removable with special tool & chamber cover shall bear danger labels as per standards. An earth bar of min 50% of phase shall be provided running the full width of the panel solidly bolted to the frame work. Bus bars shall be continuously rated for the current rating shown in the drawings at the ambient & system conditions specified. Temperature rise shall be within limits as per BS 159. The bus bars shall be RYB color coded at the end of each vertical section the switchboard; similarly neutral shall be black and earth bar green yellow. The bus bars shall be rigidly braced to comply with the rated short circuit current of the Main panel. The bus bar holder shall be molded Glass fiber reinforced polyester type. The calculation sheet and technical data sheet showing the minimum spacing between the bus bar holders for withstand the maximum force caused by short circuit current from the bus bar holders manufacturer shall be submitted for approval.

10. ASTA certificate shall be provided for short circuit withstand capacity of

50KA for 3 sec (For Main panels) AND 35 / 25Ka for 1 sec for sub main panels and MCC. All components in the panel shall have the same busbar short circuit capacity and all breakers / MCCB in normal and emergency supply shall have total selectivity.

2A.2 MAIN CIRCUIT BRAEKER ( ACB )

1 Incomers fed from transformers & generators shall be draw out type Air circuit breakers of modern design, confirming to relevant standards listed. ACBs shall be 3P / 4P as shown in the drawing, service breaking capacity min 65KA, ( 100% Icu ) 415V,50Hz. Rated operational voltage shall be 690 / 1150V and rated insulation voltage shall be 1000 / 1250 V.

2 Protection shall be with integral protective releases for overload, short

circuit & earth fault protection. The release shall be integral CT fed and microprocessor based with adjustable long delay (L) for OL, adjustable short time delay (S) for SC, High set instantaneous trio ( I) fixed time and adjustable current threshold settings, adjustable earth fault ( G) Subjected to the approval from local electricity directorate, multi function relay can be used for the protection, metering, monitoring and

Page 135: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 127 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

annunciation. The multifunction relay shall have Modbus communication port for interfacing with BMS

The release settings shall be possible with dip switches or with programmable terminals provided with tamper proof transparent cover to avoid unauthorized changing of settings. A wide range of current & time settings shall be possible for L,S & G stages.

3 The circuit breaker shall be equipped with but not limited to following

a) Shunt trip & under voltage trip coil b) Local breaker control c) Trip supply healthy, breaker open , breaker trip ,phase indications d) Auxiliary contacts for interlocks, controls e) Manual spring charging lever f) Motorized spring charging mechanism ( if indicated ) g) Digital display unit for load monitoring, phase currents / voltage,

Maximum demand, fault currents / fault history, KW, KWH, PF, reactive power etc

h) Digital display unit shall have Modbus communication port for transferring annunciation of alarms, status indications etc to BMS system ( If required panel supplier shall provide hard wired contacts complete with wiring in conduit, test block and terminals and other necessary components for the remote connection of alarms, monitoring points such as loss of power, fault alarms & indications etc to the BMS )

4 A mechanically operated visual on / off isolated indicating device shall be

provided to indicate the circuit breaker position. A local push button (pad lockable) shall be provided for manual closing and tripping of the circuit breaker.

5 Circuit breaker shall be provided with manual operation with spring assisted

closing mechanism. If indicated on the drawing, motor operating mechanism shall be provided

6 With hand charged spring mechanism the springs shall not be discharged

until the spring has been fully charged until the means of charging has been removed or disconnected. The operating mechanism shall be trip free.

7 Mechanical interlocks shall be provided to cater for following functions

a) The circuit breaker cannot be inserted or withdrawn when it is in

closed condition b) The circuit breaker cannot be closed until it is fully engaged or

completely isolated and withdrawn

Page 136: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 128 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

c) Covers and doors giving access to the circuit breaker cannot be removed or opened unless the circuit breaker is fully isolated and withdrawn

d) Earthing contacts shall be provided which make before & break after the main power isolating contacts.

e) Safety shutters shall be pad lockable

8 The devise & chassis locking features available on the ACB shall not be

limited to the OFF position locking by key locks; chassis locking by padlocks in connected, disconnected and test positions, door and racking interlock

2A.3 FEEDER CIRCUIT BRAEKERS – MCCB

1. The feeder protective devices shall be molded case circuit breaker MCCB as shown on drawings. They shall have adjustable type electronic type trip relay for all MCCB rating higher than 250amps and Electro magnetic trip mechanism for all MCCB ratings 250amps and below

2. Circuit breakers shall be equipped with individually insulated, braced and

protected connectors. The front faces of all circuit breakers shall be flush with each other. Large, permanent, individual circuits numbers shall be affixed to each breaker in a uniform position and equip each breaker with a circuit card holder and neatly printed card identifying the circuit. Tripped indication shall be clearly shown by the breaker handle taking a position between On and Off. Provisions for additional breakers shall be such that no additional connectors will be required to add breakers

3. The feeder or branch devices shall be removable from the front and shall be

individually mounted with the necessary device line and load connections front accessible

4. All MCCB, service breaking capacity shall be 100% Icu

5. All MCCB shall be plug in type up to 400A and draw out type for higher

ratings.

6. All MCCB shall be provided with rotary front operating handles. The Rotary handle shall be pad lockable in off position and provided with door interlock to prevent opening of compartment doors when MCCBs are on. MCCB shall have shunt trip coils and shall have provision to fit UVR, Auxiliary contacts, trip contacts and motors.

7. All feeder MCCB shall have short circuit rating equal to the panel short circuit rating and shall have short circuit and overload protection

Page 137: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 129 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2A.4 METERING SECTION

1. Metering shall be provided with meters & indications as shown in the single line diagrams and comprise

a) 3 nos ammeters with CT b) Voltmeter with selector switch and control fuse c) RYB indicating lamps, neon with lamp test push button d) KWH and CT for metering e) CT shall have 5A Secondary f) CT class 1 for metering and 0.5 for KWH g) CT shall be provided with shorting terminals

f) They shall be mounted on disconnect able links 2A.5 INTERNAL WIRING & CABLE TERMINATIONS

1. All internal wiring shall be carried out with fine multi stranded flexible copper wire with black PVC insulation suitable for 150 degree and shall confirm to relevant standards for internal wiring of LV switchgear assemblies.

2 Control wiring shall be min 1.5sqmm, CT wiring shall be 2.5sqmm and

power wiring shall be min 4sqmm. Screened cable shall be used for volt free contacts for BMS indication & control to monitoring points listed in the specification. All control wires shall be identified with ferrules bearing nos as on manufacturer’s drawings. Control wiring shall be laid neatly in trucking and shall be bunched and taken through special sleeves while routing through corners & doors and neatly arranged while passing through sheet steel work. All wires shall be properly terminated at the ends with crimped tinned copper sleeves of correct sizes. Terminal blocks shall bear proper identification with markers suited to the terminals. All identification shall be clear and legible.

3. Door mounted equipment & instruments, push buttons, lamps, control

switches, other indicating & control equipments shall be grouped together logically and very neatly flush mounted on the doors properly identified as described above

4 Cable terminations shall be direct on equipment terminals for cables of size

max 70sqmm. For large cables suitably sized and supported staggered copper links shall be brought out into the cable termination chamber. All live parts shall be effectively shrouded

Page 138: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 130 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2A .6 TRANSIENT OVER VOLATGE SUPPRESSION TVSS

1 Each switch board section shall be complete with integral transient voltage surge suppressors (TVSS) and filtering. The TVSS unit shall be factory installed and connected through integral disconnect as recommended by manufacturer. The unit shall include diagnostic package with status indicators on each phase. LCD monitoring display, Form c alarm contacts, transient counter and power quality meter( volts, sag, swell and outage )

2 The TVSS FEATURES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS

a) In accordance with IEEE C62.41,C62.41,C62.45,UL 1283 and UL

1449 b) Peak surge current 250KA per phase c) Let through voltage rating based on UL 1449 ( 6 KV 500A,100HZ )

Wye system L-G/L-N/N-G 800V d) Filter attenuation 50 Db@ 100KHHZ e) Rated for 230 / 400 VAC,3 phase 4 wire f) Warranty – minimum 5 years parts and labour warranty

2B Distribution Boards

1. The distribution board construction shall be of the universal frame type using die-formed members bolted and braced. The sides, top and rear shall be covered with removable screw-on plates having formed edges all around

2. The distribution board shall incorporate bus-bars which shall be of hard

drawn high conductivity copper. These bars shall be TPN + E of the size required.Multi terminal earth and neutral terminals shall be provided. All bus-bars shall be supported on porcelain insulators, or in laminated Bakelite carriers to withstand mechanical forces exerted during short circuit conditions when directly connected to a power source having the indicated available short circuit current All distribution boards shall be provided with ELCB of Sensitivity 30 ma for power circuit and & 300 ma for lighting circuit. (Rating as per EDD approval)

2. All distribution boards for the internal use shall have a IP rating of IP54 and all DB for the external use shall be with IP rating of IP66 (Feeder pillar DB). If the feeder pillars DBis feeding power and lighting circuit, there shall be separate ELCBs, 30ma & 300ma for power and lighting circuit as per EDD regulations. Separate Miniature circuit breakers shall be provided to all individual circuits. If unless specified otherwise, all feeder pillars for external lighting shall be complete with photo cell and contactor

Page 139: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 131 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

arrangement with manual override facility for external lighting control. Separate contactor shall be provided for individual circuits. (ELCB Ratings shall be as per EDD standards)

3. Contractor shall provide Distribution boards as per local electricity

Supply authority regulations. All DB shall have dead front sheet steel enclosure, flush / concealed hinges.

4. Boards shall be 1.5mm sheet steel given corrosion resistant 4 stage surface treatment after all forming and welding has been complete al all holes have been punched. The finish coat shall be electrically deposited epoxy coated powder paint both inside and outside and of approved shade. Removable gland plates with conduit knockout shall be provided. The distribution boards shall be rated for continues operation & service for ambient conditions & systems as specified (50 degree ambient)

5. All isolators, circuit breakers and ELCB used in the Distribution boards shall be comply with the applicable sections of the specification 6. All distribution boards shall be provide with spare MCBs of 20% total

number breakers.

7. MCB shall be Type B or C depending on the loads

8. All MCB shall HAVE 10KA short circuit breaking capacity.

SECTION 3 Manufacturer & Accessories 1 Each panel type, MDB, SMDB, DP, MCC, and DB shall be manufactured by

one supplier throughout 2 Manufacturers as listed in the Appendix A 3 Recommended suppliers shall be authorized franchised builders of above

brands. 4 Provide all standard accessories such as spare parts and maintenance tool

kit 5 Rubber mats non slip, minimum 900mm wide x 9mm thick x length around

switch board. SECTION 4 Execution, testing and commissioning

Page 140: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 132 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1 The entire switchboard fabrication, testing and installation shall be approved by the project Manager / Consultant engineer

2 Carry out following tests with written reports at the place of Manufacture of

switchboards

a) Physical inspection of finish, materials, layout and clearance of switchboard and equipment

b) Check all connections for tightness c) Operational test of doors and panels d) Checking of earth system continuity with resistance measurements e) Operational test of all switchgear control and monitoring equipment.

Provide simulated loads and inputs as necessary f) Test each protection relays, overloads, and voltage / current /

frequency alarms by means of simulated inputs / secondary current injection / through calibrated test kits. Test breakers for LSIG fault operations.

g) CT ratio verification

3 Carry out following test on sites

a) Resistance check of bus bars / cable terminations b) Adjustment of protection device settings c) Load balancing d) Insulation Resistance measurement using Megger

END OF SECTION -16410

Page 141: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 133 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16420

LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGAER COMPONENTS

Page 142: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 134 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

PART 1 GENERAL WORK INCLUDED REFERENCE STANDARDS SHOP DARWINGS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL 2.2 ISOLATING SWITCHES 2.3 MCCB 2.4 MCB / RCBO 2.5 ELCB 2.6 CATRIDGE FUSE 2.7 METERING AND INSTRUMENTS 2.8 MOTOR STARTERS 2.9 CONTACTORS AND ACCESSORIES PART 43 EXECUTIONS, INSTALLATION & COMMSIIOING

Page 143: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 135 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1 GENERAL 1.1 Work included -Provide all labor, material, products, equipments and

services to supply and install the main switchboard systems as indicated on the drawings and specified in these specifications

1.2 Reference Standards

1.2.1 All electrical installations shall be carried out in accordance with the latest international standards and codes practices specifically with the current issue of IEEE regulations ( BS 7671 17TH Edition ) and the requirements of the local electricity authority

1.2.2 The entire installation shall be installed and tested in accordance with

the relevant British standards and requirements of the local electrical authority

In General standards to be followed are as follows Contactors, motor starters BS EN 60947-4-1 HRC Fuses BS EN 60269 Capacitors BS EN 60831 MDB, SMDB BS EN 60439-1 ACB, MCCB BS EN 60947 MCB BS EN 60898 Ammeters / Voltmeters IEC 51 CT IEC 185 Internal Wiring BS 6231 RCBO BS EN 61009

Page 144: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 136 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

RCCB BS EN 61008 Final DB BS EN 60439-3

1.3 Shop Drawings

1.3.1 The manufacturer shall submit to the engineer before manufacturer 3 sets of detailed proposals comprising drawings, catalogue copies duly marked showing offered equipment, compliance to specification a and set of original catalogues.

Drawings shall detail - Front Fascia

- Overall dimensions & clearance required

- Cable entry - Access for cabling

2 PRODUCTS

2.1 General

a) All devices shall be rated for full load operation at 50 degree C 100% RH

b) Labels shall be provided as per relevant sections c) Co ordination study shall be undertaken to provide desired levels of

discrimination d) This section shall be read in conjunction with relevant sections of

Main & sub main distribution boards and MCC

2.2 Isolating switches

a) All isolating switches single pole and neutral, double, triple and neutral, 4 pole and six pole as specified shall be ASTA certified to BS 60947-3

b) The neutral contact shall be arranged to switched or linked; switched neutral unit, neutral contact shall make before and break later than the phase contacts

c) Units exceeding 100A rating shall have a removable bolted link d) Each unit shall incorporate hinged cover provided with adequate lugs

to enable padlocks to be fitted if required. All devices for the external application shall be IP 66 rating

e) Suitable phase identification shall be fitted to all units f) All isolating switches shall be suitable for AC23 duty

Page 145: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 137 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

g) Adequate wiring space shall be provided in each unit to facilitate wiring and connections etc; and if possible removable side and top panels shall be provided

h) Each complete unit shall be fitted with all necessary terminals, shrouds, earthing connections etc and be stove enameled finished to an approved color.

2.3 Moulded Case circuit breakers ( MCCB )

a) The contract shall include for moulded case circuit breakers ( MCCB )

to be in accordance with BS EN 60947-2 and used only in the locations on the attached drawings

b) Each unit shall be manufactured from high grade non track mouldings and be complete with clearly visible enclosed contact areas and de ionization chambers ON<OFF and trip switch positions, quick break and make switch actions and lockable switch handle ( rotary type ) or associated control

c) Adjustable type electronic trips shall be incorporated in each unit ( above 250A ) to provide satisfactory overload and short circuit protection together with short circuit indicators, under voltage trips, motor operated drives and auxiliary contacts as indicated on the attached drawings / specifications. All MCCB of rating 250A and below shall have electro magnetic trip units with thermal and short circuit protection.

d) Each circuit breaker shall be capable of being manually reset only after tripping against overload or short circuit conditions. Short circuit delay trips shall be of the step less adjustable type within the range of 0-200ms

e) Each circuit shunt trip shall be capable of operating satisfactorily when the coil voltage is between 70% and 120% of its rated voltage and each under voltage relay shall be capable of operating on a slowly failing voltage, at the rated voltage ,at the rated frequency of between 70% and 35% of the rated operating voltage. Self resetting under voltage relays shall be reset at not less than 85% of the rated operating voltage.

f) The minimum size of MCCB indicated in the attached drawings / specification shall be that which has resulted from the application of any temperature, enclosure or similar de rating factor

g) All MCCB shall be provided with shunt trip coil h) All MCCB shall include facility for an earth leakage trip / indication

device to be incorporated via a simple on site addition i) The fault rating of the MCCB shall be equal to the fault rating of the

panel and for all MCCB, service breaking capacity shall be 100% Icu j) The Contractor shall supply 1 no. spare MCCB of every current rating

and type used on the project. These spare MCCB's shall be handed to the Engineer, and signed for, upon practical completion of works

Page 146: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 138 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2.4 MCB / RCBO

a) Miniature air break circuit breakers incorporating residual current sensing (MCB / RCBO) shall be provided in accordance with the following specification sections and attached drawings, and shall fully comply with BS EN 60898 part 1. Type B MCB shall be used for general small power, type C for lighting and FCU and Type D for motor loads unless otherwise specified. Residual current circuit breakers with integral over current protection ( RCBO ) shall comply with BS 4293 as well as MCB standards

b) Distribution boards incorporating MCB / RCBO unit shall be arranged such that sub circuits cannot be made live by unauthorized persons. MCB / RCBO units shall be of plug in type or supplied capable of being locked in the off positions

c) All sizes of MCB / RCBO unit unless otherwise specified shall be of hermetically sealed, thermal magnetic type having a rated short circuit rating of 10KA

d) MCB / RCBO shall be provided with positive means for preventing any one pole of a multi pole MCB / RCBO being operated or tripped independently of other poles

2.5 ELCB (RCD) – Earth leakage circuit breaker

a) All earth leakage circuit breakers shall comply with the relevant BS standards as provided by BS 4293,BS 7071,BS 7288, BS en 610081 or BSEN 61009-1

b) ELCB shall be provided with every distribution board to comply with the requirements of the local electricity authority

For tender purpose the sensitivity of the ELCB shall be as follows (Sensitivity of the ELCB shall be subjected to EDD approval) Circuit / equipment Rated operating current (mA) 13A switched socket outlet 30 Water heater / cooler 30 Refrigerator / washing machine 30 Domestic water pumps 30 Jacuzzi pumps 10 Swimming pool lights 10 15A switched sockets 30 General lighting 300 Flood lighting 300 Window AC 300 Fan coil unit 300 Package unit 300

Page 147: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 139 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Chiller 500 Pumps 300 Cooker 30/300 Elevators / escalators 300 / 500 Neon sign 300

c) Earth leakage sensing devises shall be provided for circuits serving life safety devices. They shall be provided with audio visual flashing lamps and or sounder devices to indicate leakage currents on the protected circuits.

d) If ELCB is not available in the mentioned current range , contactor shall provide CT operated earth leakage relays ( ELR ) complete with current transformer of suitable rating

2.6 CARTRIDGE FUSE

a) Cartridge fuse links shall be of the high rupturing capacity ( HRC)

and shall comply with BS 88 part 2 ( IEC 269-2 ) b) Each HRC fuse link shall be ASTA certified for its claimed breaking

capacity and shall be also mounted that the current rating on each fuse line is clearly visible

2.7 Meters and Instruments

1. All meters and indicating or recoding instruments including ammeters, voltmeters, watt meters, frequency meters and power factor meters of the flush mounted, square pattern in accordance with BS 5685,BS 89 and BS 90 respectively

2 Each instrument shall have an accuracy of not less than that defined in BS

89 and subjected to a high voltage test of 2KV for 1 min and an overload capacity test of 10 x full currents for 3 sec in accordance with BS 89

3 subjected to approval from Local electricity authority, electronic

multifunction meters (with MODBUS output to BMS) shall be used on switchboards

4 All installations with stated or anticipated maximum demand of greater than 300KVA shall have MD meters fitted subject to approval from local electricity authority the meter shall be electronic multi function type

5 Each current / voltage Transformer used in conjunction with Meters, instruments or protection relays shall be in accordance with BS 3938 and BS 3941

2.8 MOTOR STARTERS 1. General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide motor starters and

ancillary components which comply with manufacturer's standard,

Page 148: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 140 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

materials, design and construction with published product information and as the required for complete installation.

2. AC fractional HP Manual Starters: Provide manual single-phase fractional

HP motor starters, of types, ratings and electrical characteristics indicated, equipped with thermal relay with filed adjustment capability of plus or minus 10% variation of nominal overload rating, for protection of 240V motors of less than 1/2 HP. Provide starters with quick-make quick-brake trip toggle mechanism, green pilot lights, selector switches for local and remote control, start stop push buttons, a manual reset push button, and with toggle operated handle with handle lock-off.

3. Direct-on-line Starters: Direct-on-line starters to be used on motors below

5 horsepower. All in accordance with EDD requirements. Single phase voltage 240V or three phases 415V as indicated on drawings/schedules (as per ADDC standards).

4. Star-Delta-Starters: Provide Star-delta starters, to be used on motors

above 5HP including 5HP. Sizes, ratings, electrical characteristics and sizes indicated. Construct starters with resistor type closed circuit transition wiring, including three pole contactors, adjustable electronic timer, and 3-pole overload protection relay. Equip with START-STOP push button for control. Voltage 240V single phase as indicated on drawings. All starters above 10 KW (as indicated in the drawing) shall be suitable for Type 2 coordination All starters shall be provided with Motor protection circuit breaker of suitable capacity in addition to the incomer circuit breaker of the rating as indicated in the drawing. Starters SPF (Stair pressurization fans), SEF (Smoke extract fans) and fire pumps shall have Auto, manual selector switches and shall be provided with \manual over ride push buttons in the Fire control room for emergency operation.

2.9 CONTATORS AND ACCESSORIES A. GENERAL PURPOSE CONTRACTORS 1. Description: N EMA ICS 2, AC general purpose magnetic contactor 2. Coil Voltage: 230 volts, 50 Hertz as indicated 3. Poles: One Two Three as indicated. B. LIGHTING CONTACTORS 1. Description: NEMA ICS 2, magnetic lighting contractor. 2. Configuration: Electrically held 2 wire control

Page 149: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 141 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

3. Coil Voltage: As indicated 4. Poles: As indicated 5. Contract Rating: As indicated C. ACCESSORIES 1. Pushbutton and Selector Switch: NEMA ICS 2, general duty type. 2. Indicating light: NEMA ICS 2, Push test type. 3. Auxiliary contacts: NEMA ICS 2, Class A300 3 Execution, testing and commissioning a) All units shall be purpose made and provided as complete units and installed in

accordance with the specification. End of section 16420

SECTION 16430

AUTOMATIC POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT PLANT

Page 150: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 142 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

PART 1 GENERAL REFERENCE DESCRIPTION OF WORK QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 AUTOMATIC POWER FACTOR CORRECTION UNIT ( APFC ) 2.2 HARMONIC ACTIVE FILTER PART 3 EXECUTIONS

Page 151: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 143 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

AUTOMATIC POWER FACTOR IMPROVEMENT PLANT 1.0 GENERAL

1.1 Reference Conform to General Requirements for Electrical Services in other sections

1.2 Description of Work 1.2.1 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of capacitor banks

with microprocessor based reactive power controller, active filters as specified here after and with ratings as indicated in the relevant electrical drawings.

1.2.2 Capacitor Banks shall be sized for improving the power factor to 0.95

minimum. 1.2.3 3 phase series reactor shall be connected in series with each

capacitor stage for harmonic current suppression and to prevent resonance.

Page 152: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 144 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Suitably rated active filters shall be provided with the detuned capacitor banks to limit the total harmonic distortion to below the specified limits of the IEEE519 and to EDD requirements wherever indicated in the related electrical system drawings.

1.3 Quality Assurance

Design, manufacture, testing and method of installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under requirement of this specification shall conform to latest publications or standard rules of the following:

a) EDD –Electricity Distribution Directorate requirements b) Department of Civil Defense requirements

Codes and Standards Capacitors IEEE 519, IEC 831-1,2 Series Reactors IEC 76 Contactors IEC 947-4-1 Fuses IEC 269 Circuit Breakers IEC 947 – 1,2 Degree of Protection IEC 144 All such equipment shall be manufactured only by manufacturer having ISO 9001 certificates.

1.4 Submittals 1.4.1 Manufacturers Technical Data

During the time of the contract and before substantial completion of the electrical installation, submit to COMPANY three(3) copies of descriptive literature, technical data, maintenance recommendations(from the equipment manufacturer), catalogues etc

1.4.2 Test Reports

Provide test reports prepared in accordance with ADDC requirements to the COMPANY. Provide other tests reports necessary to establish the adequacy, quality, safety, completed status, and suitable operation of each system.

1.4.3 Installation Instructions

Submit the complete manufacturers installation instructions of all the products used.

Page 153: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 145 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1.4.4 Calculations

Forward the following calculations and data: Calculations for sizing of capacitor bank and number of steps.

Calculations and charts proving that discrimination in the breaker characteristics is achieved. Detailed short circuit level calculation to select the short circuit rating of the various switchboards. Bus bar sizing calculation for each switchboard. Calculation for Temperature rise inside switchboards

1.4.5 Shop drawings

The contractor shall furnish the following drawings and documents along this submittal for approval: a) Dimensioned drawing showing outline of the switch boards

arrangement and position of important external features. These drawings shall show masses, crane lift necessary for untanking and size of lifting lugs or eyes.

b) Single line diagram showing all auxiliary devices. c) Original catalogues for various proposed components.

d) Drawings of nameplate and all termination arrangements. e) Drawing giving typical mechanical and electrical details of the

voltage control apparatus. f) Details of cable terminations and fittings. g) Foundation plan, including foundation loading. h) Schematic and connection diagrams covering all equipment

pertaining to the switch board. i) Type and special test certificates as applicable j) Approved test certificate / test report k) Schedule of Accessories and Fittings l) Technical Manual giving installation, operation and maintenance

instructions m) Schedule of recommended spare parts.

2.0 PRODUCTS

2.1 Automatic Power Factor correction unit

a) The power factor correction capacitor shall be suitable detuned with a series reactor for each step to prevent any resonance or resulting amplification of harmonics present in the network and shall comply with the relevant BS and IEC standard and shall be double insulated dry type with metallized polypropylene

Page 154: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 146 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

dielectric to IP 54. ( maximum loss 0.4watts / KVAR )The capacitor shall be able to withstand up to 130% of the rated current caused by harmonics / 20% RMS over voltage for 5 mts and 10% RMS over voltage for prolonged period and shall incorporate a discharge resistance to reduce the voltage to less than 50volt in one minute. Internal fuse combined with the secondary solid foil electrode or an overpressure disconnector switch shall be fitted on each capacitor as an additional safety measure.

b) Capacitance variation due to ambient temperature shall be

taken into consideration and the capacitors shall be de rated to give the required capacitance at 50 deg. C.

c) When capacitors are not directly connected to the motors, these

shall be protected by fuses and wired through cables with capacity of 1.8 times the capacitor rating.

d) A six terminal capacitor, switched at the same time as the

motor shall be used for star delta starting of the motor. e) Where multi steps capacitor bank is used the power factor shall

be maintained at a set value indicated by the reactive power regulator which shall control the opening and closing of the capacitor switching contactors. The number of capacitors to be connected through the regulator in the event of power failure or when the power is restored shall be in accordance with the system reactive power. The control relay shall allow switching stages of 50 KVAR for PFCC above 250 KVAR and for up to and including 250 KVAR the steps shall be in 25 KVAR

f) The high inrush current due to capacitor switching shall be

taken into consideration by using fast acting contactor designed for capacitor switching and which shall be able to handle 100 times the rated current. In addition to that, the cable connecting the contactor to the bus-bar shall be installed in a way that self inductance is produced e.g. by coiling the cable into necessary number of loops along the run.

g) The capacitor banks shall be separated from the contactors and

controls by housing the same in a separate compartment. A ventilation fan shall be provided in order to ensure that the temperature rise will not exceed 35 degree C.

h) The automatic power factor improvement plant shall be

provided with reactive power controller commanded by microprocessor with working programs and shall be supplied

Page 155: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 147 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

with LED indicators showing the capacitors that are connected and also shall ensure uniform ageing of magnetic contactors and capacitors by using a circular connection sequence that takes into account the time that each capacitor has been switched on.

i) The automatic power factor improvement plant shall be

equipped with voltmeter, ammeter with selector switches, digital cos (Power Factor) display module and shall have the feature of automatic disconnection of all the capacitors in the case of a failure in the electric power supply. The reactive power controller shall be able to measure the reactive power needs of an installation and to give the necessary command for connecting and disconnecting the capacitors in order to maintain the desired power factor.

j) The panel shall be equipped with a relay and a blinking lamp

with trouble acknowledged and reset button incase the automatic power improvement plant does not achieve the desired power factor due to failure of the capacitor banks.

k) The 3 phase series reactors to be connected in series with

each capacitor stage for harmonic current suppression and to prevent resonance should be of iron cored type with copper windings. The current rating of the reactors should be increased suitably to take into account the effect of harmonics in the network which could be generated by variable speed drives, elevators, UPS systems, fax machines, computers, fluorescent discharge lamps etc. The offered reactors should undergo tests wherein the reactors should be subjected to harmonic currents generated by harmonic generating test equipment. The magnitude of these harmonic currents should correspond to the harmonic current magnitude in the network.

The capacitors and the reactors combination should be tuned below the lowest harmonic present in the network. With the capacitors and suitable series reactors connected it should be proved through submission of relevant calculations that the Total Harmonic Voltage Distortion is within the limits as specified in IEEE Std 519-1992, standards on IEEE recommended practices and requirements for Harmonic Control in Electric Power Systems.

l) Three phase HRC fuses shall be provided for each capacitor

step and mounted on fuse bases. They shall be of modern industrial design, current limiting type and with a breaking capacity of over 100 KA. They should have a current rating of

Page 156: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 148 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

between 1.7 to 2 times the rated 3-phase capacitor unit current. They shall be tested as per IEC 269 with a test voltage 1.1x Un. The utilization category shall be ‘gG’. They shall be plug in type with suitable handle to ensure safe operation to personnel. The fuses shall not be exposed under normal operating conditions.

2.2 Harmonic Active Filter

a. The contractor shall supply, install test and commission Harmonic Active Filter, if the total harmonic distortion limits are exceeded even with the use of the detuned capacitor banks.

b. The active filter shall work on the principle of measurement of

harmonic currents and generate actively a harmonic spectrum in opposite phase to the measured distorting harmonic current thereby canceling the original harmonics.

c. The rating of the Active Filters should be so selected that the

Total Harmonic Voltage Distortion at the point of common coupling is brought down to below the Total Harmonic Voltage Distortion limits specified in IEEE 519.

d. The active filter shall be of parallel configuration and shall

monitor all three phases of the low voltage line current in real time by means of a Digital Signal Processor (DSP).

e. The output of the DSP unit in combination with a micro-

controller based system shall generate a pulse width modulated (PWM) signal to control power modules based on IGBT (Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor) technology which act as a current source.

f. The PWM signal shall be of fixed switching frequency. g. The system shall be operated under closed loop control and

shall have a maximum response time of not more than 40 milliseconds. The control system shall be such that the active filter cannot be overloaded.

h. Simultaneous filtering shall be provided for 20 individual

harmonics that shall be individually programmable per harmonic up to the 50th harmonic.

i. The filtering efficiency shall be typically of better than 97%.

Page 157: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 149 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

j. The operating power factor of the active filter shall be programmable over the range 0.7 inductive to 0.7 capacitive. Both fixed and dynamic reactive power compensation shall be available for selection by the programmer.

k. The active filter shall be protected against over current, short-

circuit; thermal overload and IGBT bridge abnormal operation. l. The Active Filters shall be suitable for an ambient temperature

of 50 deg C all necessary derating shall be taken into consideration.

m. The design of the active filters shall be such that the current

rating of the filter system can be increased by the addition of extra power modules.

n. The filter shall be provided with microprocessor controller to

allow direct control, programming and monitoring without the use of a P.C. The controller shall allow the programming of the basic filter operation such as harmonics to be filtered, degree of filtration and shall indicate the percentage of filter capability used, the wave forms spectrum etc.

o. The filter shall be free standing cubicle of the same

construction as the other panel boards and shall be factory assembled with all auxiliary apparatus and wiring.

3.0 EXECUTION

Installation, testing and commissioning shall be strictly in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations, ADDC requirements and shall be as per the relevant item of specification.

3.1 Installation 3.1.1 After installation and leveling, render the entire power factor

correction (PFC) switchboard rodent proof by any means of steel plates,

3.1.2 Provide full length rubber mat in front of switchboard 3.1.3 Installation of PFC switchboard shall be fully in accordance with THE

COMPANY requirements.

PFC Switchboard shall be surface mounted/free standing type and shall be mounted on the building structure by means of suitable mild steel straps or angle iron frames. Where PFC switchboards are

Page 158: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 150 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

required to be directly attached to brickwork etc., the fixing shall be by means of grouted in bolts, or bolts of the expansion type.

Any live metal in the switchboard shall be screened with insulation material, so that circuit breakers can be replaced without any danger to the operator.

3.1.4 The circuit breakers shall be situated to allow wiring to be carried out

with sufficient slack to enable them to be removed for inspection without disconnecting any circuit wiring.

Where single core cables enter or leave the PFC switchboard the cable

cores shall all pass through the same aperture in the enclosure or case of the unit concerned, to avoid the setting up of eddy currents. Where separate holes are provided by the manufacturer for the cables, the holes shall either be cut out to form a continuous slot, or alternatively the holes shall all be joined together with saw cuts through the solid metal separating the holes. In all cases end plates shall be of non-ferrous metal.

END OF SECTION - 16430

SECTION 16450

UPS SYSTEM

Page 159: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 151 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

PART 1 GENERAL REFERENCE DESCRIPTION OF WORK QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS PART 2 PRODUCTS PART 3 EXECUTIONS

Page 160: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 152 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16450

UPS SYSTEM

1.0 GENERAL

1.1 Reference Conform to General Requirements for Electrical Services of Division

16.

1.2 Description of Work 1.2.1 Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Un-interruptible

power Supply System of capacities as shown on the related drawings. The system shall operate in conjunction with the building electrical system and the generator to provide high quality power for critical equipment loads such as computer servers and related equipment, power outlets feeding main controllers of BMS, security system, Fire alarm system etc. for a period of 30 minutes until the generator power is available. This will hereafter be referred to as the “UPS”, and shall provide continuous, regulated AC power to the loads under normal and abnormal conditions, including loss of the utility AC power. The UPS shall be completely solid-state except for maintenance bypass switches which may be mechanical the Contractor shall assess the load requirements and size constraints and select an appropriate location. UPS of capacity as indicated in the drawing shall be provided in each electrical / control room.

The following shall be furnished along with the equipment:

a) Factory testing. b) Documentation.

The UPS shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.

1.3 Quality Assurance The UPS shall be manufactured under quality assurance in

accordance with ISO 9001 the manufacturer shall have a quality assurance program with checks on incoming parts, modular assemblies and final products.

The UPS shall be tested at full rated load without failure for a minimum of 24 hours.

Page 161: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 153 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

A final test procedure for each UPS shall include a check of performance specifications before and after the 24-hour full load test.

An on-site test procedure shall include a check of controls and indicators after installation of the equipment.

The UPS shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with the applicable portions of the following standards:

Safety EN50091-1, IEC-950/EN 60950 EMC EN50091-2, IEC-61000-2-2, IEC61000-3-4 & IEC-61000-3-5 Performance standards EN50091-3, IEC-146-4 and 146-5 Marking CE, TUV/GS Design Production Logistics & Service ISO 9001

Applicable local laws and regulations

1.4 Submittals Catalogue cuts and/or data sheets describing the proposed equipment shall be submitted. A user's listing shall be furnished giving company names, locations and UPS models installed. All deviations to this specification shall be listed and included with the submittal.

A minimum of three sets of submittals shall be sent to the Company. Submittal shall also include the battery sizing calculation.

One certified copy of the factory test reports shall be furnished. After Installation of Equipment:

a) Three operations and maintenance manuals shall be furnished and shall include as a minimum the following:

- General information. - Safety precautions. - Installation instructions. - Operating instructions. - Maintenance and troubleshooting guidelines. - Recommended spare parts list. - A signed service report describing start-up and on-site

testing shall be furnished after start-up of the equipment.

b) Spare parts required for initial start-up and commissioning

shall be provided to the Company.

Page 162: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 154 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2.0 PRODUCTS

2.1 UPS This specification describes a continuous duty, solid state,

uninterruptible power supply system, hereafter referred to as the UPS. The UPS shall operate in conjunction with the building electrical system and the generator to provide high quality power for critical equipment loads. The system shall consist of an inverter, rectifier/battery charger, storage battery, a static bypass transfer switch, synchronizing circuitry, an internal maintenance bypass switch, Cooling fan, inlet dust filter and shall have a radio frequency interference suppression filter at the input and output.

2.1.1 Material All material and parts comprising the UPS shall be new of current

manufacture and shall not have been in prior service and should achieve highest reliability by reduced number of components and less heat losses.

2.1.2 System The UPS shall be designed to operate as an on-line reserve transfer

system and shall consist of a rectifier/battery charger, batteries, inverter with IGBT transistors and pulse width modulation (PWM), static bypass transfer switch, synchronizing equipment, protective devices, internal bypass switch and accessories as specified herein that will automatically provide continuity of electric power without interruption, upon failure or deterioration of the normal power supply. Continuity of electric power to the load shall be maintained for an emergency period with the inverter supplied by the batteries, up to the specified maximum time or until restoration of the normal power supply.

The UPS shall be provided with a micro processor LCD display panel

informing the user of various logistics of load, when the UPS is on batteries operation it should give the display of number of hours and minutes the load can be backed up.

The operation and control for the UPS shall be provided through the

use of microprocessor controlled logic. The system shall provide an alarm indication 5 minutes before the reserve power failure and shall provide automatic shut down of the non essential equipment at the end of a programmable time.

2.1.3 Modes of Operation The UPS shall be designed to operate in the following modes.

Page 163: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 155 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2.1.4 Normal The critical load shall be continuously supplied by the inverter. The

rectifier/battery charger shall derive power from the utility A/C source and supply DC power to the inverter while simultaneously floats charging the battery.

2.1.5 Emergency Upon failure of the utility A/C source the critical load shall be supplied

by the inverter, which without any switching, obtains its power from the storage battery. There shall be no interruption to the critical load upon failure or restoration for the utility A/C sources.

2.1.6 Recharge Upon restoration of the utility A/C source, the rectifier/battery charger

powers the inverter and simultaneously recharges the battery. This shall be an automatic function and shall cause no interruption to the critical load.

2.1.7 Bypass Mode If the UPS must be taken out of service for maintenance or repair of

internal failures or in cases of heavy output overload, "the static bypass transfer switch" transfers the load to the alternate source without an interruption. Retransfer to the load shall be accomplished after the UPS inverter automatically synchronizes to the alternative by pass source.

Once the sources are synchronized, the static bypass transfer switch

shall transfer the load from the by-pass source to the UPS inverter to ramp into the load and then disconnecting the bypass input source.

2.1.8 Maintenance Bypass/Test Mode Internal switches shall be provided to isolates the UPS inverter output

and static bypass, transfer switch output from the A/C bypass input source and the load. The switches shall enable the UPS inverter and static bypass transfer switch to be tested without effecting load operation.

2.1.9 Downgrade If the battery only is to be taken out of service for maintenance, it

shall be disconnected from the rectifier/battery charger and inverter by means of a circuit breaker. The UPS shall continue to function as specified.

2.1.10 UPS System Rating The UPS system shall be of the rating shown on the drawing and

supply of rated load at 0.8 PF. at rated voltage, for a minimum autonomy of 30 minutes.

Page 164: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 156 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

The UPS shall be able to supply 125% rated load for at least 10 minutes.

2.1.11 Electrical Characteristics

a) System input requirements

Voltage : 415 volts A/C, - 15%, + 10% 3 phase, 3 wires plus ground.

Frequency : 50 Hz + 5%. Power factor : Greater than 0.95 lagging with full

load at nominal input voltage and float voltage on battery.

b) System output capacity and requirements

Rating : As shown on the drawings/Electrical

load schedules. Voltage : 415v, 3 phase Tolerance : +/- 1%

Voltage Regulator : + 2% for 0-100% static symmetrical load.

+ 3% for 0-100% static symmetrical load.

Harmonic Distortion : + 4% for linear load Frequency : 50 Hz Nominal Phase displacement : Nil for 100% asymmetrical load The UPS shall also be provided with over voltage and transient

protection to the applicable standard. 2.1.12 Rectifier/Battery Charger Incoming AC power shall be converted to regulated DC output by the

rectifier/battery charger. A phase controlled full wave bridge rectifier shall provide regulated DC voltage which is subsequently filtered to provide power for the inverter and battery charging functions. The battery charging circuitry shall be capable of being set for automatic battery recharge operation, float service, manual battery charge service, equalize operation and automatically adjust the float charge voltage depending on the ambient temperature to ensure maximum life for the batteries.

Page 165: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 157 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

The rectifier/battery charger shall have sufficient capacity to support a fully loaded inverter and recharge the battery to 95% of its full nominal capacity within 24 hours.

The charging current shall be automatically limited by an electronic device to a maximum value as specified by the battery manufacturer. Charger regulation shall ensure DC output fluctuation is less than 1% irrespective of the load and mains supply voltage regulation. The charger shall also be equipped with a filter limiting the DC ripple voltage to a value less than 1% of the DC voltage.

2.1.13 Mechanical Design The mechanical structure of the static uninterruptible power supply

shall be made of a sufficiently solid and indefinably framework to enable handling and maintenance operations to be carried out without risk.

Access to the sub-units making up the system shall be fitted at the

rear of the unit. The metal sheets which make up the mechanical structure shall be

protected against corrosion by a suitable treatment. 2.1.14 Batteries Shall be part of UPS and shall be of sealed lead acid maintenance free

to provide autonomy for required time. The design life of battery should be of minimum 10 years.

Float voltage: 2.25V per cell rated 25 deg. C. The battery shall occupy as little floor space as possible. The battery, during normal operation, shall generally be floated with

the rectifier system and occasionally be manually equalized according to the float and equalize voltage specified.

The lead acid, valve regulated sealed type battery shall be of

manufacturer's proven design and shall meet or exceed the requirements of this specification in all respects.

The batteries shall be high integrity type and of compact design with

small weight to capacity ratio having design service life of 10 years under specified operational conditions or 1200 cycles to 80% depth of discharge.

The construction shall ensure minimum self discharge (maximum 1%

per month at 25deg.C) and low internal resistance. Adequate

Page 166: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 158 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

measures shall be taken to prevent of internal short circuits and protection against mechanical damage.

The method of determining battery capacity shall be as designed in

IEEE 485. The following correction factors shall be used to compute the final

battery capacity. -> Design Margin : 5% -> Aging Factor : 15% The cells shall be capable to be re-charged to its 90% capacity within

maximum 12 hours. The cells shall be pre-filled with electrolyte, sealed and ready for

service. Each cell shall be equipped with a low pressure self re-sealing safety

relief valve. The valve shall operate the pressure and tolerance limits stated by the manufacturer. It shall not allow ingress of air into the cell.

The cells shall be assembled in heat resistant, polypropylene container

shock absorbing, high impact container with cover sealed in place to form permanent leak proof hermetic seal. The container shall be capable of withstanding internal pressure of minimum of five times the manufacturer's declared internal pressure for five hours at 25deg. C without damage and leaks. The sealing between cell posts and cell cover shall be achieved by means of a suitable lead bushing.

2.1.15 System Status and Control The UPS shall be provided with a system status and control panel to

provide monitoring and control of the complete system. The UPS shall be equipped with a self-test system identifying the faulty sub-assembly in the event of a problem.

Indications, measurements and alarms together with power history

and battery autonomy shall be shown on a liquid crystal display panel. a) Metering

A meter shall be provided with the capability of monitoring any of the following system functions:

i. AC output voltage ii. AC output current iii. AC output frequency iv. DC Voltage

Page 167: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 159 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

v. Battery DC current (Charge/discharge) vi. Backup time left for battery operation vii. Load power%

b) System Control The following controls shall be provided for the system:

i. UPS Startup ii. Mains On iii. Mains Off iv. Acoustic Alarm Off v. Meter function to display metering vi. Service function to display important service information vii. Lamp test push button

c) System Alarm Visual Alarms : The following status shall be signaled:

i. Rectifier-charger in operation ii. Load on inverter iii. Load on stand-by mains iv. General Alarm

Also the following signaling shall be available. i. Battery problem ii. Manual charging cycle running iii. End of battery autonomy iv. Manual bypass in maintenance position. v. Stand-by mains outside tolerance limits.

2.2 Main UPS System The main UPS system consist of two independent UPS units connected through a static bypass switch to allow redundant operation of the UPS units.

2.2.1 Unit Rating The rated output of the UPS shall be based on standard duty Class II

of IEC publication 146. The UPS shall have 3-phase and neutral output. The neutral of the

A.C. output shall be earthed. The UPS unit shall be rated to continuously energize the load at a

load power factor of 0.8 lagging while maintaining an output voltage at the terminals of the unit within the permissible tolerances, and

Page 168: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 160 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

while satisfying the operation requirements specified in this document. The unit shall also be capable of energizing, within its kW/kVA rating, similar loads having power factors between 0.7 lagging and unity, while operating within the specified tolerances.

2.2.2 UPS Electrical Loads The electrical loads energized by the UPS shall comprise principally of

computer and/or digital electronic equipment incorporating switched-mode power supply units.

2.2.3 Mains Electricity Supply Supply system will be 415V, 3 phase, 4 wire, 50 Hz, neutral solidly

earthed. The system supply voltage and frequency will not normally vary

more than: Voltage : plus or minus, 10% Frequency : plus or minus, 2% Transient variations will occur as follows: Voltage : plus 10% or minus 20% Frequency : plus or minus 5% The extremes of voltage and frequency variations are not to be

considered to coincide. Inverters shall not changeover to their bypass supplies during any one transient as defined above.

In addition to the above variations, the input voltage may be subject

to transient comprising of voltage depressions up to 20% of the nominal voltage during motor starting, and to voltage interruptions during system short circuits. Transient, high frequency voltages of up to 2 kV may also be superimposed on the input voltage as a consequence of system switching operations etc.

2.2.4 UPS Configuration and Tie-in Cables connecting the batteries to AC UPS units shall be single core,

flexible, 600/1000V grade EPR insulated. These shall be sized and supplied by UPS supplier.

A suitable molded-case circuit breaker shall be provided with the UPS

unit to facilitate on-load isolation of the battery for the purpose of performing battery maintenance. Molded-case circuit breakers shall be category B, in accordance with IEC 947-2. The switching device shall be installed adjacent to the battery, inside the battery room.

A manual bypass switch, make before break, shall be provided to

enable the load to be connected to the bypass circuit.

Page 169: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 161 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

The manual bypass switch shall at the same operation disconnect the inverter and static changeover switch to ensure safe operating conditions for maintenance purpose.

A warning label shall be provided to warn the operator against

operating the manual bypass switch if the “out of synchronization” warning indicator is showing. Isolation of the inverter shall only be possible if an alternative supply is connected to the load bus.

The bypass transformer/stabilizer output rating shall match the

inverter output rating. The transformer shall be a double wound air cooled type with an

earthed screen between the primary and secondary windings. 2.2.5 Rectifier Batteries shall be valve regulated sealed lead acid type with 20 years

life unless specified otherwise. The rectifier design shall include charge voltage compensation for the

battery operating temperature. This is to ensure that the recommended minimum and maximum charge voltages are maintained over the operating temperature range to achieve optimum battery service life.

The rectifier shall operate according to the constant voltage, current

limiting principle and shall incorporate a ‘soft-start’ feature to gradually accept load on initial energizing. The rectifier shall restart automatically upon restoration of the mains power supply following a mains supply interruption.

The rectifier shall be rated to simultaneously: Fulfill the inverter input requirements when the inverter is delivering

its rated output at 0.8 power factor lagging. Recharge the battery, within a period of 8 hours, from the partially

discharged condition to a capacity that will enable it to fulfill the inverter input power requirements, for the duration as specified hereafter when the inverter is delivering rated output at 0.8 power factor lagging.

The above recharge performance shall be achieved irrespective of

the type and method of battery recharging employed. The rectifier shall perform battery charging only at the single-rate

corresponding to the battery float-charge mode of operation. No rapid-charge facilities shall be provided.

Page 170: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 162 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Switched diodes or supplementary battery cells as a means of

limiting D.C. voltage variations are not acceptable. The D.C. supply shall not be utilized to energize loads other than the inverter.

2.2.6 Battery Float-Charge Operation The rectifier steady-state D.C. output voltage variations shall be

controlled to within plus 1% and minus 1% of the set value (corresponding to the battery float-charge voltage) during load variations between zero and the rated output of the rectifier, and during steady-state input voltage and frequency variations specified.

Short-time mains supply voltage depressions of not more than 20%, which may be the result of motor starting activities, shall not result in a trip of the rectifier or the initiation of battery discharge.

On-line adjustment of the set value of float-charge voltage shall be

possible by means of a potentiometer on the relevant control circuit card, or by an appropriate menu driven software change.

The D.C. output current of the rectifier, when operating under

constant current-limiting conditions, shall be controlled to within plus 2% and minus 2% of the set value.

2.2.7 Battery and D.C. Circuit The battery voltage and capacity shall be such as to fulfill the

inverter input power requirements when the inverter is delivering its rated kVA output at 0.8 power factor lagging, for the duration of thirty minutes.

The battery discharge performance shall be fulfilled: Throughout the range of service conditions specified, including that

corresponding to the minimum cell temperature specified, Repeatedly, each discharge performance being preceded by

restoration of the battery to the required capacity by means of a recharge operation not exceeding eight hours, following a prolonged period (i.e., not less than one year) of battery float-charge operation.

The nominal ampere-hour capacity of the battery supplied with the

UPS shall include all necessary allowances required to compensate for aging effects that result in the progressive loss of capacity. However, the nominal ampere-hour capacity of the new battery shall be not less than 110% of the nominal ampere-hour capacity required to fulfill the performance criteria stated above.

Page 171: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 163 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

The UPS shall be capable of energizing loads between zero and its rated output, and of performing load transfer switching, in accordance with the requirements of this specification, without the battery being connected.

The current ripple limits specified by the battery MANUFACTURERS,

for the battery supplied with the UPS, shall not be exceeded during at least normal standby operating conditions.

2.2.8 Inverter The inverter shall be transistorized type PWM (Pulse Width

Modulated) with microprocessor based controls. The inverter shall be of the current limiting type (short circuit proof) and have nominal output voltage and frequency as specified. The inverter output voltage and frequency shall not exceed the operational tolerances, as measured at the output terminals of the unit, during the following conditions of UPS loading:

Load variations between zero and the rated output of the UPS Load power factors over the range 0.7 lagging to unity. Load current waveform having a relative harmonic content varying

between zero and 50%, the latter waveform having a crest factor not exceeding 2.5 and individual harmonics not exceeding the following values:

3rd harmonic 44% of fundamental 5th harmonic 33% of fundamental 7th harmonic 18% of fundamental 9th harmonic 7% of fundamental 11th harmonic 10% of fundamental

D.C. input voltage over the range corresponding to battery rapid

charge and battery discharge operation during the specified discharge times.

The inverter shall control the output voltage of the UPS such as to

maintain synchronism with the mains bypass voltage during variations in mains frequency up to the limits specified. During variations in mains bypass frequency exceeding these limits, the inverter shall revert to internal frequency control.

Automatic synchronizing to maintain output frequency within +/-

5 degrees of the external reference signal, (provided the reference frequency stability is within +/- 1 Hz), shall be supplied.

Page 172: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 164 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Upon failure of this reference, the inverter shall maintain the frequency within the tolerances quoted until the external reference returns. The inverter shall then automatically re-synchronize to the external reference. The rate of frequency change during synchronizing shall not exceed 0.1 Hz per second when changeover is by the static switch.

Loss of synchronizing signal between the inverter and the bypass

supply shall: Not block automatic actuated transfers from normal to bypass

supply. Not block automatic actuated transfers from bypass to normal

supply. For solid-state transfer switches, block manually actuated transfers

to either supply.

a) Output Voltage Static Regulation The output voltage static regulation shall be maintained within

plus 2% and minus 2% of rated output voltage. When the load current in any two phases

differs from the rated output current by up to 50%.

b) Output Voltage Dynamic Response The dynamic output voltage variations shall not exceed plus

10% and minus 10% of rated output voltage in the event of instantaneous load changes of 100% rated output. The output voltage shall be restored to within the steady state limits of plus 5% and minus 5% of rated output voltage within 0.1 seconds.

c) Frequency Deviation

The frequency of the output voltage shall be maintained within plus 1% and minus 1% of rated frequency when operating on internal frequency reference.

c) Output Voltage Waveform

The waveform of output voltage shall be sinusoidal. Inverters shall provide power from zero to full rated output without exceeding the specific 5% total harmonic distortion of the output voltage wave shape. The load typically includes nonlinear loads which can introduce harmonics in the inverter output current. Inverters shall be capable of supplying the load without sustaining damage to any of their components due to such harmonics.

Page 173: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 165 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

d) Output Voltage Symmetry The angular displacement of the phase voltages shall not

exceed 120° 1% when supplying a balanced, linear load at rated output, 0.8 power factor lagging, and 120° 1% when the load current in any two phases differ by 50% from the rated output current.

e) Short Circuit Current

The inverter shall be capable of delivering sufficient short circuit current to cause main output circuit fuse-links/circuit breakers, rated nearest to 10% of the UPS rated output current, to interrupt the short circuit current within 3 millisecs when the UPS is not synchronized with the mains bypass supply. The main output circuit fuse-links shall be of the slow-acting type g1, in accordance with IEC 269.

f) Static Bypass Switch 2.2.9 Circuit rating and load transfer criteria; 2.2.9.1 Circuit Rating

The load transfer switching devices may comprise of either continuously rated static elements in both inverter and bypass circuits, or continuously rated electromechanical switching devices with short-time rated static elements. The bypass circuit shall have a continuous current rating equivalent to the rated output of the UPS unit and be capable of conducting a current of ten times the rated output for not less than two seconds. In view of electronic components involved, reliability in terms of high Mean Time between Failure (MTBF) factors is essential. To achieve this objective, MANUFACTURER is required to examine the rating factors applied to all components used in manufacturing, and guarantee that the ratings for this application will be modified as necessary to ensure long term reliability.

2.2.9.1 Load Transfer Criteria

Facilities shall be provided to manually and automatically initiate transfer of the load from the inverter to the bypass circuit and from the bypass circuit to the inverter. Facilities shall also be provided to manually and automatically transfer the load from one UPS to the second one in case of failure of the mains power and one of the UPS units and to retransfer the load incase of power restoration. The combined detection and switching time required to transfer the load

Page 174: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 166 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

from the inverter to the bypass circuit in the event of instantaneous loss of inverter output voltage shall not exceed 0.5 millisecs. When the inverter is running with its internal reference frequency and the static switch is blocked, any failure of inverter shall initiate a transfer to bypass supply after a time delay which can be adjusted from 50 to 500 milliseconds.

The criteria for load transfer shall be as follows:

a) Transfer of the load from the inverter to the mains bypass.

Load transfer shall only be possible when:

i. The mains bypass voltage is within 15% of rated UPS output voltage.

ii. The mains bypass frequency is within the tolerances specified.

iii. The inverter output and mains bypass voltages are synchronized.

Automatic transfer of the load shall be initiated when:

i. The inverter output voltage drops below 95% of the nominal output voltage. Transfer should be accomplished before the voltage reaches 85% of the nominal value, or

ii. The inverter output voltage exceeds 105% of the

nominal output voltage. Transfer should be accomplished before the voltage reaches 115% of the nominal value.

iii. The inverter output current limit is exceeded.

b) Retransfer of the load from the mains bypass to the inverter. Load retransfer shall only be possible when:

i. The inverter output voltage in within 10% of the nominal output voltage for more than 5 seconds, and

ii. The inverter output and mains bypass voltages

are synchronized.

Page 175: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 167 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Subject to fulfilling the above criteria, retransfer of the load from mains bypass to the inverter shall be initiated automatically following automatic transfer of the load from the inverter to the mains bypass. The automatic retransfer of the load to the inverter shall be inhibited following four automatic transfers of the load to the bypass, if these take place within an interval of 5 minutes. An annunciation shall be provided under this condition. Subject to fulfilling the above criteria, automatic retransfer of load back to the inverter(s) from the bypass shall operate as follows:

a) A two-position “AUTO-STANDBY” retransfer selector

switch shall be provided for each changeover switch to control the automatic retransfer operation.

b) When the retransfer selector switch is in the “AUTO”

position, retransfer back to the inverter supply shall occur automatically whenever the conditions of Item (b) above are met.

c) When the retransfer selector switch is in the “STANDBY”

position, retransfer back to the inverter supply shall occur automatically only if the bypass supply has been lost and normal voltage is present on the inverter supply.

All transfer switches and the actuating devices for these controls

shall be so located or guarded to prevent accidental operation. 2.2.10 Noise Limits EEMUA Specification No. 140: ‘Noise Procedure Specification’,

formerly OCMA NWG-1, shall be adhered to with regard to definitions, notations, measuring equipment, procedures, reporting and calculation methods.

The sound pressure level measured at one meter distance form the

UPS unit, at any position, shall not exceed 75 dB(A) at any load between zero and the rated output of the unit. If tonal components are present, the noise limit shall be 5 dB(A) less, i.e. 70 dB(A).

In the event that more stringent limits apply, these will be indicated

in the requisition.

Page 176: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 168 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

The manufacturer shall submit the guaranteed sound power levels and/or sound pressure levels of the equipment, together with any other relevant information, as requested in the requisition.

If the above values are unobtainable without the use of absorptive

materials, precautions shall be taken to limit their effect on cooling, dust depositions and fire hazards.

2.2.11 Radio Frequency Interference Limits The production of radio frequency interference voltages shall not

exceed the values of suppression grade ‘N’, as defined in VDE 0875. The performance of the UPS unit shall not be affected, or in any way

degraded, by the use of portable radio transmitters/receivers operating in the frequency range 27-170 MHz, at 460 MHz, and at 800 MHz when the severity of the electromagnetic radiation environment corresponds to Class 2, in accordance with IEC 801-3.

2.2.12 Construction Requirements a) Unit Enclosure The rectifier, inverter and static switch shall be installed in one

or more freestanding, self-supporting steel cabinets forming an enclosure. Each cabinet shall be suitable for operation and maintenance with its rear panel against a wall and with similar units located immediately on both sides.

All cubicles and equipment shall be fully

tropicalized. Enclosure protection shall be not less than IP41 per IEC 529, without considering the floor as part of the enclosure.

Each cubicle shall be fitted with breaker which can be operated

externally. With the breakers in the “off” position the unit shall be fully

isolated for maintenance purposes. Any live terminations which cannot be isolated such as bypass supplies, which must remain “on” to maintain the supply to the load, shall be fully shrouded and adequate warning markings fitted. The terminals shall, as far as possible, be segregated from the isolated circuits.

The distribution section shall be provided within a cubicle unit.

The number of ways and the rating shall be as detailed in the data sheets or single line diagram.

Page 177: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 169 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

b) Cooling Internal cooling of the unit shall be by natural or forced air

ventilation. The unit shall be capable of continuously delivering its rated output with any one forced air ventilation fan out of service. Under the latter conditions, the maximum continuous temperature of components shall not be exceeded.

The unit shall not incorporate cooling air filters that require

periodic cleaning and/or replacement.

c) Accessibility Equipment and components located within the enclosure shall

not be mounted directly on the walls of the enclosure. The location and grouping of components and auxiliary equipment shall permit easy identification and access for operational, maintenance and repair purposes. Suitable partitioning between individual items shall be provided where necessary to allow adjustment and inspection to be carried out safely.

All live terminals of door-mounted equipment having a

maximum (peak) voltage of greater than 24 volts shall be shrouded on otherwise protected by barriers to a degree of protection of at least IP30. Barriers shall be of rigid transparent insulating material to enable the screened components to be identified. Protection relays which can cause tripping of the unit shall not be mounted on the door.

All bare bus-bars and all live terminals of equipment and components located within the enclosure shall be similarly protected by barriers or shrouds to a degree of protection of at least IP 20, unless adequately recessed within the enclosure to prevent inadvertent contact or short circuit by personnel when performing control circuit adjustments or when resetting/replacing protective devices etc.

d) Battery Enclosure Batteries shall be installed on freestanding support racks in a

separate battery room. Battery enclosures shall be naturally ventilated to disperse gaseous products. The battery shall be positioned such that possible leakage of electrolyte or emission of gaseous products shall not cause damage to other equipment, components, or adjacent cells.

Separate, freestanding support racks for batteries having

plastic cell containers may be steel or solid wood. All wood should be retreated to render it non-hygroscopic and acid

Page 178: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 170 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

resistant. Steel racks shall have a plastic or epoxy coating to provide suitable protection against the effects of electrolyte spillage.

2.2.13 Converter Components Printed Circuit Boards (PCB) shall be installed in standardized

electronic equipment frames and be fitted with handgrips for easy removal. The frames shall incorporate card guides to facilitate the correct insertion of PCB’s, and allow access to the wiring side of connectors. PCB’s shall include visual LED status indications and test connections on the front to facilitate fault diagnosis.

Main circuit switches (mechanical) shall comply with IEC 408 and be

of the independent manually operated air-break type of continuous duty. They shall comply with utilization category AC23 and DC23 for A.C. and D.C. switches respectively.

Contactors shall comply with IEC 158-1 and be rated for

uninterrupted duty and intermittent duty of at least Class 0.1. The utilization category for D.C. contractors shall be not less than DC-4 and for A.C. contractors not less than AC-3.

Transformers and reactors shall be of the air-cooled type and comply

with the relevant parts of IEC 146. 2.2.14 Wiring and Terminations Internal wiring shall be single core, 600/1000V grade PVC insulated,

and have stranded copper conductors. Conductor size for Power circuit shall be 2.5 mm2. Wiring between terminals shall be continuous and without joints. Wires shall be held in position by means of insulating tubes, channels, cleats or plastic strips, and be routed such as to avoid mechanical damage. Wiring between fixed portions and hinged doors shall be mechanically protected against abrasion or entrapment and not be carried over or bent around sharp edges.

Individual wires or scales terminating in fixed (non-plug-in)

components which require to be disconnected for the purpose of component testing or replacement shall be identified by means of color or by ferrules of insulating material marked in accordance with the MANUFACTURERS drawings.

Terminals shall be provided for all external connections. External

connections shall not be made directly to component terminals. Terminals shall be of the rail mounted type and have screw connectors suitable for a minimum of 2.5 mm2 conductors. Only one conductor shall be terminated in each terminal. Links shall be

Page 179: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 171 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

provided where more connections are required at one point. Insulating shields shall be used to separate terminals belonging to different circuits. For control wiring, pre-insulated crimped terminals shall be used and for power wiring crimped, lugs with heat shrink Pre-shrouds shall be used.

Additional load circuit terminals shall be provided to facilitate

connection of a temporary load to test the UPS unit while the permanent load is energized via the external bypass circuit.

The UPS enclosure shall have facilities for the entry of cables from

above or below, as specified in the requisition. Cable entries, cable glands and terminals shall be suitable for the type and size of cables shown in the single line diagram. Cable glands shall be of the compression type and mounted on a removable gland plate.

The proximity of terminals and gland plates shall be such that ample

space is available for terminating the cores of external cables. 2.2.15 Earthing An earth rail, with a suitable number of earthing bolts or screws,

shall be provided in a position close to the external cable glands to facilitate termination of cable earth braids or armoring. Individual connections for all earth wires shall be provided.

A threaded brass earth stud of not less than 6 mm diameter, with

nuts and spring washers, shall be provided within the enclosure to facilitate termination of a separate, single-core, earth cable.

Electrical conductivity between the exposed, non-current carrying

conductive parts of the UPS unit components and the enclosure, and between the enclosure and the earth rail/earth stud, shall be such as to maintain effective continuity of protective circuits. Earth bonding conductors shall be utilized between enclosures and doors, and where required to achieve effective protection. The neutral of the inverter output shall be earthed by a connection to the earth rail/stud within the enclosure.

2.2.16 Battery Cells and Containers The batteries shall be VRLA type with 20 years life. Cell containers of plastic material are preferred, subject to the

material being non-flame propagating and mechanically shock resistant.

Protective covering to prevent inadvertent short circuiting

Page 180: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 172 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

VRLA battery cells are delivered and filled charged. These cells must receive a commissioning charge within 3 months of leaving the factory. Air-freighting of cells shall be considered as an alternative to delivery by sea-freight if the above commissioning requirements cannot otherwise be met. Care shall be taken to store the VRLA batteries at site in air conditioned rooms. During installation and thereafter battery room temperature shall be maintained not exceeding 25°C.

2.2.17 Marking All external operating, measuring and indicating components shall be

clearly identified with permanent descriptive labels that facilitate easy recognition by the operator. All components shall be identifiable by labels inscribed in accordance with the system of identification used on the MANUFACTURERS reference drawings and documents.

Rail mounted terminals of equipment and components shall be

identifiable by numerical or alphabetical markings in accordance with the MANUFACTURERS drawings. Terminals of input and output supply cables shall be clearly and uniquely marked to indicate the nominal system voltage and the phase/polarity of the supply.

The identification of terminals shall be in accordance with IEC 445. The following information shall be inscribed on a nondestructive,

corrosion-resistant, indelible name/rating plate attached to the unit enclosure:

a) Purchaser’s order number and equipment No. b) Year of manufacture c) Name of MANUFACTURER d) Type and serial number of unit e) Weight of cubicle f) Dimensions of cubicle g) Nominal input current and voltage h) Nominal output current, voltage and frequency All labels/nameplates shall be of corrosion resistant material (3 ply white black white Trafolyte) with indelible inscriptions in the English language fixed by stainless steel screws or rivets.

All switches, instruments (meters), transformers, fuse holders, push

buttons and indicating lamps shall have labels fixed adjacent to them. The label shall carry a functional description and all essential data including, but not limited to, the following information as applicable:

Page 181: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 173 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

a) Fuse size b) Ratings (voltage, current, frequency); c) Accuracy (instruments) d) Switch duties

2.2.18 Finish The treatment and protection of metalwork may be in accordance

with manufacturers standard but shall include cleaning, degreasing, rust resisting primers and paint finishes that provide effective protection against corrosion under the functional and climatic conditions specified. Color shade shall be green RAL 6021.

2.2.19 Mimic Each unit shall have front of panel Mimic/Graphic Diagram showing

all major components. 2.2.20 Anti-Condensation Heaters Anti-condensation heaters shall be provided within the equipment

enclosures to limit the effect of changes in temperature and humidity. Supply shall be 240V single phase 50 Hz. An On/Off switch and thermostat shall be provided.

When the heating system is live, this shall be indicated by means of

a prominently situated red light. 2.2.21 Measurement, Protection and Control Equipment a) General The UPS unit shall incorporate all the necessary equipment to

enable operation, protection and control of the UPS in accordance with this specification, and to safeguard the unit and its components from the consequences of internal and external short circuits, over voltages and any main or control circuit malfunctions, howsoever caused.

Operating, status and diagnostic indications of light-emitting

diodes (LED’s) or liquid crystal displays (LCD’s) shall be provided.

Each LED/alarm circuit shall have built-in test facilities. Failure

of an LED/LCD shall not cause UPS mal operation or affect the correct functioning of the remote common alarm signal. Indication by means of filament lamps is not acceptable.

Microprocessor based protection, control and metering

package with serial communication capability shall be provided

Page 182: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 174 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

for remote control and monitoring of the UPS from the control desk within the office building.

b) Status Indications

At least the following indications, in the form of LED/LCD’s and/or measuring instruments, shall be provided on the front outside panel of the unit to enable verification of the operational status of the UPS. The indications shall be superimposed on a mimic diagram of the UPS unit to identify the relevant component or circuit.

i. A.C. input supply available ii. Alternative/bypass supply available iii. Rectifier on iv. Inverter on v. Load on inverter vi. Load on bypass vii. Inverter/bypass synchronized viii. Battery on boost charge (not required for VRLA type)

c) Measurement

Measuring instruments may have digital or analogue display.

The following measuring instruments shall be provided on the front outside panel of the unit:

i. D.C. ammeter measuring battery charge and discharge

current. ii. D.C. voltmeter for measuring Inverter DC Input voltage. iii. A.C. voltmeter measuring UPS output voltage. iv. A.C. ammeter measuring UPS output current. v. Frequency meter measuring UPS output frequency. vi. Power factor meter for measuring UPS output Power

factor. vii. Voltmeter/ammeter/frequency meter for measuring

bypass circuit voltage/current/frequency. The accuracy of all measuring instruments shall be not less than that corresponding to Class 1.5 of IEC publication 51 and shall be of long scale (240° movement).

d) Protection and Alarms

Page 183: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 175 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

The status of the alarm and protection functions shall be visually verifiable by appropriate indicators with first failure feature. Alarms associated with trip functions shall be hand reset.

The following alarm and protection functions shall be provided

as a minimum: (1=alarm; 2=alarm and trip rectifier; 3=alarm and trip

inverter)

i. A.C. input phase under voltage : 2 ii. Rectifier failure : 2 iii. D.C. over voltage : 3 iv. D.C. under voltage : 3 v. Charge failure/battery discharging : 1 vi. Battery disconnected : 1 vii. Inverter failure : 3 viii. Inverter over current : 3 ix. Inverter output voltage deviation : 3 x. Inverter/bypass not synchronized : 1 xi. Cubicle fan failure : 1 xii. Cubicle/inverter stack over temperature : 3

The above mentioned alarm contacts shall be wired to a

terminal block such as to provide one normally open and one normally closed, potential-free, contacts for remote cabling to a common alarm. The operation of the common alarm contacts shall have an adjustable time delay with a range of not less than 4 seconds.

An inverter over temperature alarm shall be provided to give a

two-stage alarm indication. The temperature sensors shall be located at the position of highest temperature within the equipment to ensure full protection. The operating level of the alarms shall be determined by the MANUFACTURER and set to ensure that adequate time is available for corrective measures on operation of the first alarm level.

Operation of the second alarm shall cause the load to be

transferred to the bypass circuit and shall isolate the inverter. An alarm indicator shall be provided for both stages.

An alarm indicator shall be provided to indicate that the

inverters output and the bypass circuit are out of synchronism. In addition, a white “source synchronized” pilot light shall be

provided adjacent to the operating handle of the manual

Page 184: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 176 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

bypass switch. The light shall be energized when normal and bypass sources are in synchronism.

Operation of any of the above alarms relays shall initiate a

common fault alarm relay with two sets of changeover contacts wired out to terminals for external connection.

When fault diagnostic modules are available, they shall be made visible through a transparent panel let into the front of the equipment door.

e) Controls The following adjustment and control facilities shall be

provided:

i. Rectifier input MCCB. ii. Rectifier on/off control switch.

iii. D.C. output voltage adjustment. iv. D.C. current limit adjustment. v. Inverter on/off control switch. vi. A.C. output voltage adjustment. vii. Synchronizing range adjustment. viii. Load transfer initiating control switch. ix. Battery isolation switch.

3.0 EXECUTION

The equipment shall be installed in accordance with local codes and the manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.1 Testing and Commissioning a) General Prior to dispatch, the manufacturer shall verify by test that the

operation of the assembled UPS unit complies with the requirements specified and shall submit a report incorporating measurements and results of all tests performed.

All equipment shall be subject to shop tests in accordance with

applicable engineering standards and codes. Compliance with the requirements of this specification and associated documents shall also be demonstrated.

The equipment shall not be dispatched by the

MANUFACTURER/VENDOR until material and equipment test

Page 185: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 177 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

certificates have been approved at the time of the shop test acceptance.

Unless otherwise specified, testing of the assembled UPS unit

at the manufacturers works will not include the battery that forms part of the purchase order. UPS tests shall be confined to verifying the performance of the rectifier, inverter, static switch assembly and related auxiliaries (hereafter referred to as the converter).

Tests shall, however, be performed using a D.C. supply of

equivalent capacity to the battery that will be supplied with the converter. Tests to verify the capacity of the purchased battery shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR as part of the commissioning procedure after site erection.

Prior to the commencement of tests, the MANUFACTURER

shall make all relevant adjustments to the protection and control circuit components of the converter, as necessary to fulfill the requirements of this specification. The rectifier output voltage and current limits shall be set to the appropriate values for the type and number of battery cells to be supplied with the converter, and to the relevant cell temperatures specified.

b) Performance Tests

1. Insulation Tests

The voltages specified in the following table shall be applied for one minute to the circuits indicated

Table of Withstand Voltages

Control Electronics < 60 V

Power Electronics Un1

Auxiliary Circuits Un2

To earth 700V D.C. 2 x Un1 + 1000V

2 x Un2 + 1000V

To control electronics

-- 2 x Un1 + 1000V

2 x Un2 + 1000V

To power electronics

2 x Un1 +1000V

-- 2 x Un1 + 1000V

To auxiliary Circuits

2 x Un2 +1000V

2 x Un1 + 1000V

--

Page 186: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 178 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

D.C. test voltages may be applied instead of A.C. The magnitude of D.C. test voltages to be applied shall be

2 times the above mentioned A.C. (r.m.s.) values.

ii. Load-Duration Test All converters to be supplied as part of the purchase order

shall be subjected to a load-duration test performed at rate voltage for a period of not less than 48 hours prior to the execution of functional tests.

At least one converter shall be loaded to its rated output, at 0.8 power factor lagging, throughout the 48-hour test period. If an appropriate load is not available to conduct the test, then it shall be carried out using a resistive load. The load resistance shall then be such that the inverter D.C. input current is the rated value.

All other converter to be supplied as part of the purchase order

may be energized under partial load or zero load current conditions throughout the test period.

Manufacturers test reports shall state the dates and times on

which the load duration test was performed and shall record details of load currents and any circuit or component malfunction identified during the test period.

c) Functional Tests Functional tests shall be performed on all converters. If,

during the execution of functional tests, an electronic component of the converter is required to be replaced, e.g. due to converter malfunction or failure of the unit to fulfill the performance requirements of the specification, then the converter load-duration test shall be repeated at rated current following which the functional tests shall be carried out.

The manufacturers standard test protocol will be acceptable

provided it is no less stringent than that specified below. Tests and measurements marked (**) may be omitted subject

to the manufacturer submitting tender, details of the availability of test records (including dates and location of tests) which verify the specified performance values.

d) Rectifier Load Test at Constant Output Voltage

i. Measurements shall be carried out in the rectifier float-charge operating mode. In each mode, measurements

Page 187: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 179 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

shall be carried out at nominal A.C. supply voltage and at zero, 50% and 100% of rectifier full load direct current. Measurements at 100% full load current shall be repeated at 90% and 110% of nominal A.C. supply voltage.

ii. Measurements shall comprise of: iii. Input phase voltage and frequency iv. Input phase current v. Input power vi. D.C. output voltage vii. D.C. output current viii. Rectifier load test at constant output current limit. ix. Measurements shall be carried out in the rectifier float-

charge operating mode. x. Measurements shall be carried out when the rectifier is

operating under D.C. output current-limiting conditions with the D.C. output voltage between zero and the set value corresponding to constant voltage operation.

xi. Measurements shall comprise of: xii. D..C. output voltage xiii. D.C. output current

e) Inverter static load tests

Measurements shall be carried out at zero, 50% and 100% of

inverter rated output current with the load being a balanced 3 phase load and shall be repeated for inverter D.C. input voltages corresponding to battery float-charge operation and the rated maximum and minimum inverter input voltage.

Measurements shall comprise of:

i. Input voltage ii. Input current iii. Output voltage, frequency and waveform distortion iv. Output phase current(s) v. Output power vi. Balanced Load Test: vii. The static load test described in (a) for 1-phase

inverters shall be carried out on 3-phase inverter, the load being a balanced 3-phase load.

f) Unbalanced Load Test:

- Measurement shall be carried out under unbalanced load conditions such that the current in one phase of the inverter differs from that in the other two phases by 50% of the rated output current.

Page 188: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 180 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

- Measurements shall be carried out for inverter D.C. input voltages corresponding to battery float-charge operation and the rated maximum and minimum inverter input voltage.

Measurements shall comprise of:

a) Input voltage b) Input current c) Output voltages d) Angular displacement of output phase voltages e) Output currents

g) Inverter dynamic load tests (**)

Measurements of inverter output voltage variations shall be

recorded in response to:

i. Instantaneous load changes of 100% rated output.

Measurements shall be recorded when the load is switched to/from the inverter via the static bypass switch and via the load circuit switch.

i. Application of a short circuit to the inverter output via a

slow-acting (type g1) fuse link having a current rating nearest to 10% of the UPS unit rated output, the bypass circuit being isolated.

h) Static Bypass Switch Tests

Measurements shall be carried out to verify the correct functioning of the bypass circuit voltage and frequency monitors, and the inverter/bypass synchronous operating controls.

Measurements of the load voltage waveform(s) shall be

carried out during the following load transfer tests which shall be performed with the UPS unit delivering any load between zero and its rated output, and with the inverter operating in synchronism with the bypass circuit supply:

i. Load transfer bypass initiated by manual operation of

load transfer switch. ii. Load transfer to bypass initiated by simulating inverter

malfunction. iii. Load transfer to bypass initiated by short circuiting of

fuse protected load circuit (**).

Page 189: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 181 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

iv. Load retransfers inverter to initiate automatically and manually.

v. Lock-out of automatic load retransfer on sustained and recurring fault.

vi. Load transfer and retransfer from one inverter to the second inverter.

i) Auxiliary Equipment and Control Circuit Tests

The correct functioning of all measuring instruments, alarms and indications, protection and controls specified, shall be verified.

j) Battery Discharge Test

A battery discharge test shall be performed at a current corresponding to the inverter input current when the inverter is delivering its rated output kVA at 0.8 power factor lagging.

The following measurements shall be recorded:

Battery voltage after the specified discharge time Battery discharge duration at the instant of inverter shutdown initiated by the D.C. circuit low-voltage monitor.

END OF SECTION 16450

Page 190: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 182 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION – 16460

LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES

SECTION 16460 LOW VOLTAGE VARIABLE FRERQUECY DRIVES

Page 191: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 183 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

PART 5 - GENERAL

5.1 SUMMARY

Section Includes: VFD general performance Components Protection Electronic operator interface

5.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Fully integrated and programmable family of variable frequency drives suitable for operating on Low voltage having fully functional electronic operator interface.

5.3 SUBMITTALS

Comply with the Tender Invitation for Submittal Procedures.

Product Data: Manufacturer's standard catalog sheets for variable frequency drives with complete listing of accessories including the following. 1) Dimensional details of Variable frequency drives 2) Complete specification of incomer isolating switch, Thyrister units, busbars, control and protective devices, Surge capacitors and lightning arrestors, Transition panels for cable entry 3) Certified rated voltage, power frequency and impulse withstand voltage, 4) Rated current for continuous operation at 40 degree and 50 degree ambient 5) Complete Details of enclosure, protection class and cable entry details 6) Complete details of Electronic interface 7) Complete details of Remote communication 8) Complete details of programmable parameter 9) Complete details of protection and control 10) Complete set of factory test certificates. These certificates shall include all routine and type tests as per IEC / NEMA standards. 11) Acceptance test report 12) Complete details of installation, testing and commissioning 13) Project specific shop drawings for this project including: 14) Fabrication drawings, component location and cable entry details

Operation & Maintenance Manuals:

Product data as previously described Complete wiring diagrams Shop drawings as previously described Operating, maintenance and testing information including preventative maintenance instructions, replacement parts lists, and literature describing the function of the unit and each piece of accessory equipment. Name and address of factory authorized service organization.

Test Reports: 1 The owner shall witness test at the factory where the panels are tested

Page 192: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 184 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2 Factory test certificates to be issued from place of Manufacturer. Factory test certificates shall include all Routine tests based on IEC or. 3 Acceptance test report 4 Test reports and certificates detailing the Harmonic distortion of the drive at the full load condition

Manufacturer's Warranty: Certificate as further described below.

Personnel Operating Instructions: Letter report identifying personnel attending and date of completion.

Owner's Stock: Letter report identifying materials, quantities, date of delivery and Owner's representative receiving.

5.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver products in their original packaging with legible manufacturer's identification.

Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

5.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

The Variable frequency drive shall be assembled, tested, and shipped by a single manufacturer who accepts full responsibility for the quality and performance of components, who is able to submit a listing of installations now providing satisfactory service, and who is able to show evidence of continuous engagement in variable frequency drives for at least four years. In addition, the manufacturer and/or his distributor shall assure that:

Replacement parts and service will be available over the life expectancy of the equipment. An authorized service organization will be maintained, within a 160 km radius of the Project, providing on-call service on a 24 hour per day, seven days per week basis.

5.6 MAINTENANCE

Provide a list of emergency spares with full details of order code

PART 6 - PRODUCTS

6.1 MANUFACTURERS

As per the approved Manufacturers list

Page 193: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 185 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Supplying distributor must have permanent stock and parts facility within 160 km of the site.

6.2 VFD GENERAL PERFORMANCE

1) The unit is to be rated for 415 /440v , 50 Hz, 3 phase system.

2) All components and materials shall be of new and of the latest filed proven design and in current production.

3) The equipment shall be completely factory built, assembled, wired and tested.

4) It shall be of the pulse width modulated (PWM) technology / Active Front end

5) The VFD shall be capable of providing rated output for continuous voltage deviations of +10% and shall be able to ride through voltage dips such as those experienced during motor starting.

6) The circuit breaker- contactor- Drive combination shall be ensuring service continuity of the installation with optimum safety and co ordination between circuit breaker and the contactor in case of short circuit shall be type 2 co ordination

7) It shall be able to return to normal operation following an incoming power disturbance that falls within the range determined by IEEE 1100.

8) It shall be capable of 100% rated current in continuous operation in accordance with the requirement of IEC.

9) The VFD enclosure shall be as built to IP 54 as per IEC-529 standards, suitable for installing in an indoor unclassified area

10) The VFD output voltage shall not cause insulation stress to the motor or exceed the peak voltage insulation level of the motor. Output filters to meet this specification if required shall be integral to the drive cabinet

11) The VFD shall comply with the latest revision of IEEE 519 for total harmonic current and voltage distortion measurement and calculation. Voltage distortion shall not exceed 3% and current distortion shall not exceed 5% while operating from the utility line. Individual current harmonics shall not exceed the requirements of IEEE 519.

12) The VFD shall provide at least two (3) analog input and output eight (8) digital inputs and six (6) digital outputs.

13) Output speed indication shall be in RPM, percent RPM or Hz

14) Indicating light on the EOI shall be LED type

15) Drive shall have two user interfaces in addition to the communication port as standard

16) It should have the provision of encoder feedback cards

17) It shall be designed to have transient over torque on start up.-180% of the Transient over torque on start up

18) It shall be designed to have a high torque together with remarkable speed quality even at low speeds. (les than 0.5 Hz ).

Page 194: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 186 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

19) Efficiency of the VFD shall be minimum 97.5% including line choke losses at rated voltage and at 50 Hz

2.3 PROTECTION

The VFD shall include necessary components to protect the VFD and motor against motor overload, internal fault in either the motor or VFD and disturbances in the incoming AC line. The following conditions shall cause the VFD to be shutdown with the output voltage reduced to zero. The failure shall be annunciated on the operator panel’s LCD display. VFD shall have following minimum protections

1) Instantaneous over current - VFD or Motor

2) Motor overload

3) under voltage or over voltage on the incoming ac line

4) Single phasing of the AC incoming line

5) Over temperature of the VFD electronics component or ventilation failure

6) Gate driver power supply or control supply under voltage

7) VFD output open circuit during operation

8) Over voltage or ground fault of the VFD output

9) Cause of the individual power cell fault

10) Motor over speed

2.4 ELECTRONIC OPERATOR INTERFACE The VFD shall be supplied with programming graphic terminal which is used to:-

- drive the speed drive in local motor - -configure the various parameters. -

End of section 16460

Page 195: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 187 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16480

ELECTRICAL SERVICES TO MECHANICAL PLANT

ELECTRICAL SERVICES TO MECHANICAL PLANT 1 GENERAL 1.1 Description of Work

Page 196: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 188 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1.1.1 The Electrical Contractor to provide and install electrical services to all items of mechanical plant inclusive of provision of PVC heavy duty conduits and/or G.I. Conduit and / or trunking with draw wires and pull boxes for all control wiring (control wiring by Mechanical Contractor) together with all equipment necessary to provide a working system, as shown on Electrical Plan Drawings and Schematic Diagrams, and as described in specifications. Exact location, type and rating of isolators, D.P. switch etc. has to be coordinated with mechanical services contractor and other Specialist contractors.

2.1 Description of System 2.1.1 Heating, Ventilation and Air-conditioning System (HVAC) 2.1.1.1 Supply for Air cooled chillers

a) Electrical Contractor to supply and install XLPE armoured cables room the L.V. Panels to the isolators of individual chillers. The individual cables to individual chillers shall be terminated in a( rating as indicated in the drawing ) TPN isolator adjacent to the chiller and it should be suitably weather protected. The cables to be run on heavy duty cable trays. The supply and installation of isolators is included under electrical works. Mechanical Contractor shall supply and install cable between isolator and chiller control panel. Electrical Contractor shall also be responsible for installing necessary conduits, in coordination with Mechanical Contractor, between chillers and mechanical services panel. Mechanical contractor shall provide necessary control wiring between chiller control panel and mechanical services panel in plant room.

b) Supply and fixing of the chiller starter shall be part of the Mechanical contractor c) Panel and motor earthing as per EDD standard shall be part of Electrical contractor d) Interfacing of chiller control panel with BMS system shall be coming

under the scope of Mechanical contractor. Mechanical contractor shall provide necessary control cables through cable trays / conduits up to BMS monitoring station and shall provide all data required by BMS in open protocol. If the chiller control is using a proprietary protocol, then chiller supplier shall provide necessary protocol converters to convert data into any standard open protocol. Mechanical contractor also shall provide necessary control cables for interlocking chiller with chiller pumps. If the chiller requires separate power / control cable other than main power cable for panel / motor heater or Lub

Page 197: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 189 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

pump, Mechanical contractor shall arrange the same in coordination with electrical contractor

2.1.1.2 Supply for Chilled Water Pumps (PRIMARY/ SECONDARY)

a) Electrical Contractor to supply and install XLPE armoured cables to run

on cable trays from Distribution panel/MCC to isolator near the pumps and trip push buttons near pumps. This pump control panel / Variable frequency drives shall be supplied and installed by Mechanical Contractor and shall be complete with individual pump starters as required. From these panels cables will be run on cable trays terminated on the motor individually, by Electrical Contractor. A remote off push button with facility for locking to be provided near each pump to switch off power during maintenance and/or emergency. Provision will be made in this panel to install indicator lights for start-stop-trip indication for each pump.

b) Electrical Contractor shall run the conduits between pumps and

mechanical services panel in coordination with Mechanical Contractor. Mechanical Contractor shall install the necessary control wiring The Mechanical Contractor shall provide volt-free contracts, auxiliary contracts and Hand-Off-Auto switch for individual pump motor on the mechanical services panel to enable operation of the system from Building Management System (Refer BMS SPECS for number of points).

2.1.1.3 Supply for Air Handling Unit & Treated Fresh Air Units)

a) Electrical Contractor shall provide power supply to the isolator provided for each A.H.U. The isolator shall also be supplied and fixed by Electrical Contractor

b) The Mechanical Contractor shall include the following in his Scope of Work:

Power and Control Wiring from isolator to all

equipment/controls including AHU, fresh air fan unit, heaters, control valves, motorized damper etc.

Provision of remote monitoring / controlling of the data from Building Management System as described elsewhere through volt free contacts provided in individual STARTER PANEL.

Mechanical Contractor shall also be responsible for supply and installation of all necessary conduits, draw wires, trucking, cable trays etc. as per local ED Regulation for electrical installation.

Page 198: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 190 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

The Electrical Contractor shall also include wiring from Main Fire Alarm Panel to the AHU panel to trip the power supply in case of smoke/fire signal from respective floor.

2.1.1.4 Supply for Fan Coil Units

Electrical contractor shall provide necessary power supply from nearest distribution board up to 15A / 32 A single phase socket for FCU.

Mechanical Contractor shall include 15A plug and/or 20A SPN isolator and power wiring from 15A socket and / or 20A SPN isolator to the Fan Coil Unit and its thermostat etc. Mechanical Contractor shall also be responsible for supply and installation of all necessary conduits, draw wires, trucking, cable trays etc., as per local EDD Regulation for electrical instillation.

2.1.1.5 Supply for Ventilation Units i) General Purpose Ventilation Units:

a. The electrical Contractor shall provide necessary power as:

- For all ventilation unit the power shall be supplied to the

3 phase Isolator (including exhaust ventilation fans & inline exhaust fans) near the unit.

- Wiring from Main Fire Alarm Panel to control panel/DB

feeding exhaust fans to trip the power in case of smoke/fire signal from the panel. b) Mechanical Contractor shall include the following:

- Supply and instillation of Control Panel for the unit.

- Power & Control wiring between isolator to the Control

Panel and onwards from Control Panel to the fans and its controls.

- Provision of remote monitoring / controlling of the data

from Building Management System as described elsewhere through volt free contacts provided in individual control panel.

.

Page 199: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 191 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2.1.2 Supply for Sprinkler Protection & Wet Riser System

The control panel (Main & Jockey) for Sprinkler System shall be provided in the plant Room.

The Electrical Contractor shall supply and terminate XLPE armored cable to the isolator provided near above panel and/or near pumps. The isolator shall also be supplied and fixed by the electrical Contractor.

The Mechanical Contractor install shall include the following:

- Supply and installation of Main Control Panel & Jockey

Control Panel. - Power Control wiring from isolator to Main Control Panel

and onward to respective equipment, Sensors, pumps and controls etc.

- Provision of remote monitoring of the data from Building Management System (refer BMS specs for BMS Point Schedule).

The Sprinkler system installer shall also be responsible for supply and installation of all necessary conduits, draw wires, trucking, cable trays etc., as per local ED Regulations for Electrical Installation.

2.1.3 Supply for Lifts

The Electrical Contractor to supply and install XLPE armored cables to the isolator and light switches near lifts control units. The isolator and light switches shall also be supplied and installed by Electrical Contractor. Electrical Contractor to coordinate with Specialist Lift Contractor for the ratings of three phase and single phase supply requirements for lift motor and car lighting and arrange for the same. Also the suitable sized cableway shall be provided for routing the RG 59 COAX cable for the cameras installed inside the lifts.

2.1.4 Supply for Building Management System (B.M.S.) Mechanical contractor / BMS specialist supplier shall lay all control wiring from BMS stations / DDC controllers upto all motor starters, Fire Dampers, flowmeters, motor operated valves, heat meters and Electrical KWH meters. All cable shall lay through conduits / trays. Electrical contractor shall provide volt free contacts, control cable termination , glanding and

Page 200: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 192 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

connection inside the starter. Electrical contractor shall provide necessary power supply arrangements to all BMS equipments like DDC controller

2.1.5 Supply for Cold Water Booster Set and Transfer Pump Set

Electrical Contractor to supply and install XLPE armored cables and isolators adjacent to pumps. The cables to be run on cable trays. The isolator for pump set to the provided with a suitable enclosure by the Electrical Contractor. (Control panels by Mechanical Contractor).

2.1.6 Supply for Water Heater, Water Boilers & Hand Dryers

Electrical Contractor to supply and install cables run from distribution boards up to the DP switches / Isolators and from DP switches / Isolators to connection units near hand dryers and water heater and to be terminated in suitable terminal connection units in coordination with specialist suppliers. Water heaters shall be supplied by mechanical/plumbing contractor.

END OF SECTION – 16480

Page 201: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 193 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 13100

LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

Page 202: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 194 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 13100 LIGHTNING PROTECTION SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1. 1 SUMMARY

Section includes. Air terminals and fittings. Conductors and connectors. Ground rods.

The following standards shall be adhered to unless otherwise indicated: National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 78, Lightning Protection Code. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):

UL 96: Lightning Protection Components. UL 96A: Lightning Protection Systems, Master Labeled. UL OVTZ: Lightning Conductors, Air Terminals and Fittings. UL OWAY: Lightning Protection Installation. UL 467: General Guidelines.

British Standards: BS 6651: (Latest edition) European Standards: IEC 1024 Lightning Protectionstitute Installation Code LPI-175.

1. 2 DEFINITIONS

Lightning protection system is a complete system of air terminals, conductors, ground terminals, arrestors and other connectors or fittings manufactured and installed by listed companies. The manufacture and installation of system are subject to UL/ BS/ IEC inspections.

1. 3 SUBMITTALS

Submit product data for each manufactured component. Product data includes manufacturer’s specifications and technical data including performance, construction and fabrication.

Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, description of materials and finishes, general construction, specific modifications, component connections, anchorage methods, hardware, and installation procedures, including specific requirements indicated. Submit shop drawings for each system or assembly. Floor plans indicating air terminal locations, horizontal and vertical lead locations and any fittings used.

Certificate of Compliance.

1. 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

Installer's Qualifications: Not less than 2 years experience installing lightning protection systems.

The lightning protection system is to be manufactured and installed by a UL / BS / IEC listed firm which maintains its subscription to UL's / BS / IEC examination, follow-up, factory inspection and field inspection programs.

Page 203: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 195 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1. 5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

Deliver products in their original packaging with legible manufacturer's identification.

Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

1.6 DESCRIPTION OF THE SYSTEM A) Perimeter earth tapes shall be installed along the parapet walls of the

building at high level roof and low level roof. B) Earth rods and inspection pits shall be installed in locations at ground

level and shall be interconnected with earth tapes with down conductors Test link shall be provided for each down drop conductors at ground level.

C) All exposed metallic structures like chillers, cable trays; antenna mast, pipe work etc. shall be bonded with the lightning protection system.

D) Steel work of external rows of columns shall be bonded at every floor level to nearest down conductors of the lightning protection system.

E) To ensure an effective system and satisfactory long tem performance, all

fittings need to be mechanically robust and provide good corrosion resistance in conditions of 50º and 95% relative humidity.

F) All materials used should be suitable for lightning protection installations

PART 2- PRODUCTS

2. 1 MANUFACTURERS

Lightning protection components by single manufacturer. Factory inspects, approve and properly label equipment used in installation in compliance with above referenced standards.

Acceptable Manufacturers:

1 see the section: List of Manufacturers

2. 2 components

Wiring and Components: New and manufacturer's current model, listed by UL / BS / IEC approved, and electrolytic ally compatible with each other. Air terminals, bases, conductors, ground rods, cable fasteners, bonding devices, splices, connectors, to provide complete system. Meet not less than Class 1 material requirements: Structures not exceeding 20 meters.

Page 204: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 196 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Down Conductors: Down conductors shall be constructed of copper tape of high conductivity round or flat solid bare or tinned copper conductor. They should be fixed to the structure by means of 3 fasteners per meter If the structure is 20 m or less, then the down conductors shall be spaced no further than 20 meters apart. If the structure is above 20 meters, then the down conductors shall be spaced no further than 10 meters apart. Two conductors should be installed on opposite sides of the building if the protected structure is higher than 28 meters or if the horizontal length of the down conductor is greater than its vertical length. Re-entrant loops are to be avoided at all times if possible. The down conductors should be connected to the air terminals by means of a metallic adaptor located on the ESE air terminal. It should take the shortest possible routes, avoiding shortest routes for providing a low impedance path from air terminal to earth termination systems. The minimum accepted size shall be no less than 70mm2. A test clamp should be installed 2 meters above ground level so that the down conductor should be disconnected from the earth termination system for the regular checks of earth termination resistance value. This test clamp should be houses within a concrete or PVC inspection pit if the building is covered with metal cladding.

Down Conductor earth terminals:

Each down conductors shall have separate earth terminations. They should be housed in a proprietary concrete or PVC pit. These shall be able to be disconnected in order to carry out various tests. The Lightning conductor(s) earth termination system(s) should then be connected to the general earth of the site in order to achieve an equi-potential earth network The pit should be complete with a lid and the assembly should be installed flush with ground level. Each conductor should be connected to its own earth termination system using a crow – foot or a triangular earth termination. The crow – foot earthing should be made of conductors of the same material and cross section area as the down conductor (s) of the installation arranged in crow-foot fashion (three 7 to 8 meters long conductors buried horizontally). The triangular earthing system should be made of a set of three vertical copper-covered steel earth rods totaling a minimum length of 6 meters arranged as a triangle, each one separated from the other by a distance equal to at least the driven depth and interconnected by a conductor identical to that used in the down conductors.

Page 205: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 197 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

The resistance value of each earth termination system should be 10 Ohms or less. i.e. the resistance to earth of the lightening protection system measured at any point should not exceed 10 ohms.

Spacing of earth rods: Parallel earth rods shall be spaced no closer than 1,5L or 2L from each other

(L = total depth of earth rods to ground level).

Terminal Bases: Threaded stud, bolted pressure cable connections, cast copper, screw or cement attachment. Specifically approved cements for roof membrane material applied. Crimp type connectors are not acceptable.

Through-Roof Connector: Do not bring down lead cables directly through roof. Provide thru-roof

connectors of minimum 16mm copper rod with top and bottom jamb nuts and mechanical connections.

Roof membrane seals as required.

Mechanical Connections: Compression clamps made with approved tools. Bolted clamps, two or three piece, cast copper.

Welded Connections: High temperature fused metal connections including gas or electric welding,

brazing and chemical (exothermic) welding. Soldering is not acceptable. Welds not less than 25 mm long fully fused and void free. Where applied to copper or copper-clad materials, use only exothermic

process, Cad weld or Thermo weld.

Conductors: Main cable: Class 1 for structures not more than 20 meters.

Twisted braid copper, 187 pounds per 1000 feet. Twisted braid aluminum, 95 pounds per 1000 feet.

Thru-roof penetrations:

16 mm diameter solid copper rod as a minimum. Bonding conductors:

Braided round or flat cables. Solid strips.

Ground Rods: 16 mm diameter by 3 meter copper-clad steel, minimum. Copper grade shall be 99,9%

Earth tape

1) Perimeter earth tape should be 25 x 3 mm plain copper and down copper to be of 25 x 3 mm PVC and down tapes should be 25 x 3 mm PVC covered copper (color of the PVC covering to be agreed with Architect).

2) Tape fixing to be 25 x 3mm polypropylene DC cleats with brass / stainless steel fixing screws and plastic expansion plugs. It should be spaced at 1.2 meter centers horizontal and 1.0 meter centers vertical.

3) Tape connection to Earth rods to be 25 x 3 mm plain copper

Page 206: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 198 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Conductors and Fittings: Copper or copper alloy if: In water or embedded in soil. Concrete or masonry. Within 300 mm of uncovered surface of such materials.

PART 7 - EXECUTION

3. 1 EXAMINATION

Examine areas and conditions under which Work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3. 2 INSTALLATION

Install and connect conductors and components in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for proper system installation.

Coordinate installation with other trades to ensure correct, neat and unobtrusive installation.

Install lightning grounding equipment, parts, and fittings as recommended by manufacturer and in compliance with details on drawings and applicable codes and standards. An LPI certified Master Installer will install or supervise installation.

Fasten attachments to exterior building surfaces made with corrosion resistant fasteners. Attachments to aluminum surfaces made with aluminum or stainless steel fasteners only.

Maintain water and weather resistance, strength, etc., of attachments to and penetrations of exterior surfaces made in coordination with installation of effected materials. Do not cut or puncture roof membrane, except at approved penetrations. Seal special penetrations of vertical roof membranes, as on backside of parapets, with approved base anchoring cement. Do no attach to the tops of parapets.

Use mechanical connections where materials are fully exposed and will remain dry or are subject only to temporary wetting (rain).

Use welded connections where connections are concealed, embedded in soil, concrete or masonry. Use welded connections where bonding to structural steel is made.

Where permitted under Referenced Standards, the building structural steel may be used as part of main grounding conductor system, as follows: Columns in exterior walls or open colonnades may serve as down conductors. Make spliced columns in multi-story construction electrically continuous by means of welded bonding jumpers, not less than required down lead. Horizontal structural members may not be employed as part of the main conductor system.

Bond the lightning grounding system to the electrical power systems grounding electrode system as indicated on the Drawings. Refer to Section 16060, Grounding and Bonding, for grounding requirements.

Page 207: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 199 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

3. 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

Lightning protection installer will ensure sound bond to main water service and interconnection with existing and/or new main building electrical service grounding system.

Perform system ground test upon completion of installation and do not exceed limits specified in other relevant Section Submit test results. Refer to NFPA 78 Appendix J, Ground Measurement Techniques, for method of measuring ground resistance.

Upon completion installation, have system field inspected and obtain the "Master Label" of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Install the number of labels as recommended by the manufacturer at Owner-approved locations on the building.

END OF SECTION 13100

Page 208: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 200 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SSEECCTTIIOONN 1166006600

GGRROOUUNNDDIINNGG AANNDD BBOONNDDIINNGG

Page 209: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 201 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1. 1 SUMMARY

Section Includes:

Systems and circuit conductors are grounded to limit voltages due to lightning, line surges, or unintentional contact with higher voltage lines, and to stabilize the voltage to ground during normal operation. Equipment grounding conductors are bonded to the system grounded conductor to provide a low impedance path for fault current that will facilitate the operation of over current devices under ground fault conditions.

The grounding system shall include, but is not limited to, ground cables, fittings, connectors, and all other devices and material as required rendering the system complete.

Additional grounding requirements are described in other Sections.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

Product Data:

Manufacturer’s specifications and technical data including performance construction, and fabrication

Product data for each manufactured component.

Original Product catalogues to be provided, photocopies are not accepted

Shop Drawings:

Indicate dimensions, description of materials and finishes, general construction, specific modifications, component connections, anchorage methods, hardware, and installation procedures, including specific requirements indicated.

Test Report:

System and building total ground resistance test.

Conduct tests as described in the latest version of NETA Section 7.13 for grounding systems.

Acceptance Test Report of tests required under Field Quality Control.

1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

Deliver products in their original packaging with legible manufacturer's identification.

Store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.

Page 210: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 202 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

7.1 MANUFACTURERS

See the list of Manufacturers

7.2 GROUNDING ELECTRODES

Copper clad steel, 15 mm diameter by 3000 mm long, minimum. Provide special grounding electrodes as required for the soil type and moisture content. Consult the soils report.

Sectional rods are not acceptable.

7.3 GROUND BUS

Ground bus shall be a minimum 6.35 mm by 100 mm rolled copper bar with 6mm holes 25mm on center which shall be wall mounted on 25 mm insulated stand-offs. Length: no shorter than 3 meters.

7.4 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS

Bonding jumpers and grounding electrode conductors for service entrances, derived systems and communications systems shall be bare copper run exposed, in non-metallic conduit or directly buried in earth.

Equipment grounding conductors, run with their corresponding circuit conductors, shall have continuous green/yellow insulation for size 4 mm and larger conductors.

No earthing conductor shall be smaller than 2.5sqmm, unless this is part of multi-core cable

Earthing jumpers shall be provided if flexible connections are made to equipment

Equipment grounding conductor shall be of bare soft drawn copper having class B stranding

All conductors linking earth grids to bus bars and earth rods shall be no less than 120mm2. Larger conductors are to be used if current fault levels are likely to cause damage to the grounding system.

No aluminum conductors shall be used for the grounding installation system.

All connections shall be made by exothermic welding process or equivalent

7.5 LUGS AND CONNECTORS

Cast copper, copper alloy, or bronze alloy. Double bolt type with formed shoe and "U" cable clamp for connection to pipe or conduit; single bolt type with cable shoe and "U" cable clamp for connections to flat bar or metal; and double bolt, parallel conductor split clamp type for cable to cable connections.

Equipment grounding wires, #10 and smaller, may be connected with twist-on connectors.

Page 211: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 203 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Bonding connections, to boxes and enclosures, shall be lugs attached with machine screws, or approved binding head screws, only. Sheet metal screws and push-on connectors are not acceptable.

7.6 WELDED CONNECTIONS

Exothermic chemical process using manufactured kits.

7.7 Mechanical Connections

Mechanical connections shall be UL approved for purpose.

7.8 INSPECTION PITS

There shall be a minimum of x 4 inspection pits per plant room. It is recommended that there is one inspection pit at each corner of the building.

PART 8 - EXECUTION

8.1 EXAMINATION

Examine areas and conditions under which work is to be performed and identify conditions detrimental to proper or timely completion. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

8.2 INSTALLATION – GENERAL

Following areas shall be earthed

a) All metal item including metal structure, pipe work, chiller and pump units to be earthed

b) Metal in the HV / LV rooms to be earthed c) Transformer neutral d) Dedicated earthing for computer and Telephone systems

The grounding system shall meet the requirements of NFPA 70 (National Electric Code).

All earthing materials required shall be furnished new and undamaged

Ground conductive raceways and enclosures for electrical systems wiring. Make ground circuits complete to form permanent conductive paths. Solidly ground each low voltage electrical system as detailed or required.

Bond grounding conductors to metal boxes or enclosures.

Do not use building steel as equipment grounding path.

Use exothermic welded ground connections, where such are buried in soil, installed below slabs on grade, or embedded in concrete and for all grounding cable splices, joints and connections to ground rods. Only accessible connections may be mechanical.

Parallel grounding rods shall be no less than x 1, 5 L or 2 L (two times the length of total rod) distance of each other.

Page 212: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 204 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Install grounding electrode conductor(s) in PVC or other approved non-metallic conduit where a raceway system is indicated or necessary for conductor installation. Install grounding electrode conductors without splice from the enclosure ground bus to the connections in the grounding electrode system.

The steel conduit systems, metallic equipment enclosures, metallic lighting fixtures, cable trays, all non-current carrying metal parts of electrical systems and any other equipment or system components required by the latest BS code and IEEE regulations shall be earthed and the connection shall be made at the panel boards bus and shall be extended to earth electrodes as specified

The conduit system shall not be considered as continuous for earthing purposes. A separate earth shall be installed in the same conduit with the phase and neutral conductors. The separate earth conductor shall be sized according to the BS code and IEEE requirement

All connections of heavy gauge steel conduit system shall be checked for good electrical continuity

Note that PVC conduit may NOT be run in ceiling cavities.

Neutrals throughout the system shall be solidly grounded; unless otherwise noted on drawings.

Every effort shall be made to minimize and/or eliminate the possibility of ground loops or inadvertent violation of single point grounding techniques.

Overall system safety ground and building grounding system shall be less than one (1) ohm. Step and touch potential voltages shall be maintained below maximum allowable limits based on a 50% ground fault catastrophic event.

The central equipment for the fire protection alarm system shall have its grounding terminal connected to the ground bus on the panel board serving the system by means of a #6 AWG green insulated copper conductor, run in 3/4-inch conduit.

Earth electrode shall have an interconnected resistance to earth of not more than 5 ohms. Where this value is exceeded it shall be augmented by addition electrodes connected in parallel space at approximate 4 meters apart until this value is reached

8.3 INSTALLATION – Grounding electrode

The ground grid (for the utility power system, process power system, and testing) shall consist of a counterpoise ground around the building with symmetrically spaced driven ground rods and an underslab ground mat electrically tied together with copper ground conductors. Provide copper pigtails of sufficient length to properly ground both primary and secondary compartments of the transformers, and any other equipment to be grounded.

Page 213: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 205 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

The grounding electrode system shall be designed as a large mass system. A 500 kcmil bare copper network building ground grid shall be installed under the floor beneath the concrete slab on a 30’ x 30’ grid spacing. All ground grid connections shall be exothermically welded. All clamp accessories such as bolts, nuts and washers shall be bronze to assure a permanent corrosion-resistant assembly.

Generator and generator equipments and boards shall have a separate earthing electrodes

All copper to copper underground connections , splices tapes etc should be made by the exothermic weld process and the joint epoxy resin encapsulated before burial.

Install grounding electrode conductors from the grounding electrodes to the building structural steel and a minimum 80 mm pipe in the domestic cold water or fire systems (within 2000 mm of water service entrance into the building).

Install bonding jumpers around insulating unions and removable fittings in the water pipe between the grounding electrode conductor connection to the water pipe and the water service entrance.

Bond all piping, leaving the plant to exterior locations, together and install a grounding electrode conductor from these pipes to the grounding electrode system.

Bond the lightning protection system to the grounding electrode system.

Install a main bonding jumper, complying with NFPA 70, between the system neutral and the enclosure ground bus, electrically ahead of the neutral disconnect link or lug, at each service entrance location.

Where medium voltage conductors have shielded grounds, install bonding conductors from these ground or neutral conductors, splices, terminations, exposed metal to the grounding electrode.

8.4 INSTALLATION - SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEMS GROUNDING

For the separately derived system at the isolation transformers, install a grounding electrode conductor between the system source enclosure ground bus (or bolted connection to enclosure where no ground bus is present) and the main grounding bus (MGB).

Connect neutral bonding jumpers, complying with NFPA 70, between the transformer neutral lug and its ground bus or lug, such that disconnection of neutral load conductor(s) does not interfere with or remove the system ground connection. Use separate lugs or taps on transformer neutral terminals for neutral and bonding jumper connections.

PLC and Control systems are to have separate earthing systems.

Page 214: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 206 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

8.5 INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT GROUNDING

An electrically continuous, insulated, copper, equipment grounding conductor, color coded green, and sized in accordance with NFPA 70 requirements, shall be pulled into all electrical conduit and raceways containing conductors of systems rated higher than 30 volts. The equipment-grounding conductors shall be bonded to all grounding lugs, equipment, fixtures, and non-current carrying metallic enclosures.

Make threaded coupling connections wrench tight. Maintain their electrical continuity at couplings and connections to enclosures, wireways, outlets, etc.

Earthing spikes are to terminate in closed enclosures (PVC or boxed concrete or other equivalent methods) where easy testing procedures can be maintained.

Install grounding bushings and bonding jumpers to enclosures or contained ground bushing for metallic conduit connections.

Metallic cable trays shall be bonded by copper conductor bonding straps around each section-mating joint, then bonded to the single point grounding bus closest to the connection point.

Lighting and power branch circuit panel boards shall be grounded by connecting a bare conductor to the grounding bus and to the incoming and outgoing feeder conduit grounding bushings. Each grounding-type bushing shall have the maximum ground wire accommodation, available in standard manufacture, for the particular conduit size.

Install an equipment ground wire through flexible metal conduit. Bond the conductor to the fixed (non-flexible) raceways at both ends of the flexible section. Size wire per NFPA 70 and convert to next larger standard metric wire size.

Install an equipment ground wire with the branch circuit conductors, from the supplying panel board, to apparatus employing microprocessor control, including but not limited to:

Security system controls,

Telephone switching equipment,

Fire alarm controls,

Plant Control System control panels.

Bond equipment ground wires to conductive enclosures and to enclosure or ground bus in the nearest box or access at each end of any non-metallic raceway. Bond all non-current carrying conductive material contained in a non-conductive enclosure. Size wires per table NFPA 70 and convert to next larger standard metric wire size.

Page 215: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 207 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Ground metal elements of the trenches through the raceway connections made to panelboards. Install a supplemental 3 mm equipment ground conductor in each duct or cell carrying circuits, and connect to wiring devices.

8.6 INSTALLATION - MECHANICAL PIPING

Bond conductive metallic piping systems including sprinklers, cold water, hot water, chiller piping, hot water return etc., located in each mechanical equipment room to the cold water piping system. Minimum size of conductors as required by NFPA 70 and convert to next larger standard metric wire size. Locate connections where access is unrestricted for inspection. Looping of conductor from one system to another is acceptable.

END OF SECTION 16060

Page 216: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 208 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 13850

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

PART 1 GENERAL

Page 217: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 209 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

GENEERAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHOP DARWINGS / SUBMIITAS PART 2 PRODUCTS PART 3 DOUMENTATION PART 4 INSTALLATION PART 5 TRAINING PART 6 SPARES

Page 218: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 210 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 13850 –FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

1.0 GENERAL EQUIREMENTS (FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SUPPLIER/Contractor)

1.1 The Fire Alarm contractor shall be responsible for the design, supply,

installation, commissioning and servicing of an analogue addressable fire detection and alarm system.

1.2 The Fire Alarm contractor shall have a minimum of 10 years experience in

designing, installing, commissioning and servicing fire detection and alarm systems, at least 5 years of which must be with analogue addressable systems.

1.3 The Fire Alarm contractor must be LPS 1014 Registered. 1.4 The supplier shall be approved to ISO 9002 Quality system standard for the

design and manufacture of the equipment referred to in clause 1.6. 1.5 The main equipment proposed for use in the in the analogue addressable

fire detection and alarm system shall be approved by at least one of the following UK or international organizations:

�� Loss Prevention Council (LPC) �� British Standards Institution (BSI) �� Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

1.6 The Fire Alarm contractor shall have available a complete set of technical

manuals for all equipment installed. This must cover technical specification, system design recommendations and guidelines for installation, commissioning, operating and servicing the proposed equipment.

1.7 The Fire Alarm supplier given reasonable notice, shall permit the buyer, or

its nominated agent, to conduct a quality audit at the premises where the proposed equipment is manufactured.

1.8 All deviations from this specification that the contractor proposes to make

shall be clearly indicated in writing, making reference to the relevant paragraph(s) of this specification.

Page 219: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 211 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS Where applicable, the fire detection and alarm system, and installation, shall comply fully with the following British Standards and/or other nominated rules and regulations:

BS 5839 2002 Fire detection and alarm systems for buildings:

BS 4678: Pt.4: 1988 Specification for cable trunking made of insulating material.

BS 5345 Code of practice for selection, installation and maintenance

of electrical apparatus for use in potentially explosive atmospheres (other than mining applications or explosives processing and manufacture).

BS 5445 Components of automatic fire detection systems: BS 5446: Pt.1: 1990 Specification for self-contained smoke alarms

and point-type smoke Detectors.

BS6207: 1991 Specification for mineral-insulated copper sheathed cables with copper conductors.

BS 6266: 1992 Code of practice for fire protection for electronic data processing installations.

BS 6387: 1994 Specification for performance requirements for cables

required to maintain circuit integrity under fire conditions. BS 6724: 1990 Specification for armored cables for electricity supply

having thermosetting insulation with low emission of smoke and corrosive gases when affected by fire.

BS 7273: Pt.1: 1990 Code of practice for the operation of fire

protection measures. Electrical actuation of gaseous total flooding extinguishing systems.

BS 7671: 1992 Requirements for electrical installations. IEE Wiring

regulations. Sixteenth Edition.

HTM82 Fire safety in health care premises. Fire alarm and detection systems.

BFPSA Code of practice of category 1: aspirating detection systems.

Page 220: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 212 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Draft British Standard code of practice for the design, installation and servicing of voice systems associated with fire detection systems (BS5839: Pt.8).

2.0 PRODUCTS 2.1. General The system shall include at least the following:-

a) Central Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP) with LCD graphic generation feature. b) Fire Alarm Repeater panel c) Remote Graphic Annunciators. d) Manual pull Stations and Alarm Switches. e) Smoke Detectors. f) Heat Detectors. g) Beam Detectors h) Magnetic door switches i) Electronic loop powered sounders (including supply of loudspeakers to lift installer for installation in lift car). j) Strobe lights k) 17" colour monitor (LCD) with keyboard and 80 columns printer. l) Fire Man communication system m) Other equipment necessary for a complete installation, operation of the system. n) Other equipment or system which in allowed to be integrated to the fire alarm system.

A Fire alarm system shall use supervised multiplex data communications

circuits, closed loop initiation circuits, individual zone supervision, individual audio and visual signal circuit supervision.

B The system wiring shall use digital, full duplex multiplex communication

techniques over all communication network and multi-addressable peripherals network

C The FACP shall be easily configurable so as to meet the exact detection

zone and output mapping requirements of the building. D The FACP shall be modular in construction to allow for future extension of

the system E The FACP shall be microprocessor based and operate under a multitasking

software program. Operating programs and configuration data must be contained in easily up-datable non-volatile memory (EEPROM).

Page 221: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 213 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

The system shall be fully programmable, configurable, and expandable in the field without the need of special tools or PROM programmers and shall not require replacement of IC memory. All programming may be accomplished through the standard control panel keyboard and LCD. All programs shall be stored in non-volatile memory. The programming function shall be entered with a special password that may be selected when the system is installed. The password may be changed in the field to a new value at any time by entering the old password and requesting a password change. In the event that the programmer may enter a password and then lose or forget it, the system shall be designed such that the password may be determined by special procedures available from the manufacturer of the system. A separate password shall be used for changes in system status (e.g. turning a control point ON or OFF). The system shall provide 3 levels of security

F The FACP shall be capable of operating with any of the following types of

automatic detection equipment:

�� conventional detectors �� addressable two-state detectors �� analogue addressable detectors

G The FACP housings shall be capable of being surface or semi-recessed mounted and shall come complete with cable entries, fixings, knock-outs and covers. Min IP Rating shall be IP 42

H The FACP shall monitor the status of all devices on the addressable loops

for fire, short-circuit fault, open-circuit fault, incorrect addressing, unauthorized device removal or exchange, pre-alarm condition and contaminated detector condition

I The FACP shall monitor the status of all internal connection and interfaces,

including charger, battery and remote signaling functions. J From FACP one set of alarm contacts and cables shall be wired to all

elevator / escalator panels for fire condition elevator control. K From FACP one set of alarm contacts and cables shall be wired to all AHU /

ERV / FCU panels for Zoned switching off the devices during fire L From FACP one set of alarm contacts and cables shall be wired to all smoke

extract fan panels for starting the same during Fire M From FACP one set of alarm contacts and cables shall be wired to BMS and

security system

Page 222: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 214 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

N An analogue output shall be provided to the Public addressing system indicating on which floor / area / Zone the fire alarm has occurred

O From FACP one set of alarm contacts and cables shall be wired to all sliding

doors to open all the doors P All alarm conditions and zone indicators shall be shown on system control

panel, local annunciator and also on remote annunciators Q When a Fire condition is detected by one of the system initiating devices,

the following functions shall immediately occur at the control panel and remote annunciators.

�� The system Fire LED indicator shall flash �� A local sounding device in the panel shall be activated �� The system CPU & LCD shall indicate all pertinent information

associated with the trouble condition and its location. However, unacknowledged alarm messages shall have priority over trouble messages

�� The appropriate message shall be reported via printer(s) �� The system trouble indicator on remote annunciators shall be

illuminated. �� Activation of the acknowledge switch of the control panel shall

silence the panel sounding device and change the "System Alarm" or "Trouble LED" from flashing to a steady "ON" condition. In case additional new alarm or trouble conditions exits in the system, activation of this switch shall advance the display to the next alarm or trouble condition that exists, and shall not silence the local audible device or change the flashing LED to steady "ON" until all new conditions have been so acknowledged. New alarm conditions shall always be displayed before new trouble conditions. Activation of the acknowledge switch shall also cause a corresponding (time stamped) message to be displayed on LCD system and printer. Occurrence of a new alarm or trouble condition shall cause the panel to "Resound" and again repeat the sequence.

�� Activation of the "Signal Silence Switch" shall cause all appropriate indicating appliances and relays to return to the normal condition after an alarm condition. The selection of indicating circuits and relays silenced by this switch shall be fully programmable and changeable in the field.

�� Activation of the "System Switch" shall cause all electronically-latched initiating devices or zones, as well as all associated output devices and circuits, to return to the normal state. If alarm conditions still exist in the system after the "System Reset Switch" activation, the system shall then resound the alarm conditions.

Page 223: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 215 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

�� Activation of the "Test Switch" of the system shall initiate an automatic test of all intelligent detectors in the system. Such test shall activate the electronics in each intelligent device, simulating an alarm condition. A report summarizing the results of this test shall be displayed automatically on the front panel, as well as on any LCD or printer of the system.

R The FACP shall monitor all critical system components and interconnections (internal and external). In the event of a failure occurring which prevents correct operation of the alarm functions, a FAULT indicator will light and a message shall be given on the alphanumeric display within 100 seconds of occurrence

S The following faults shall be reported in the manner described earlier

�� Loop Short Circuit �� Loop Open Circuit �� Un configured Device �� Addressable Device Failure �� Device Not Responding �� Incorrectly Configured Device �� Detector Condition Monitoring Warning �� Conventional Call Point Wiring Open Circuit �� Conventional Call Point Wiring Short Circuit �� Conventional Detector Circuit Wiring Fault �� Repeater/Repeater LCD, Remote Printer Failure �� PSU Fault �� Charger Fault �� Battery Fault �� Battery Critical �� Mains Failure �� Auxiliary PSU Failure �� Relay Output Stuck �� Signaling Fault �� Sounder Wiring Open Circuit �� Sounder Wiring Short Circuit

T The fire alarm control panel shall have a TCP/IP high level interface to allow all information available on the fire alarm control panel to be transmitted to the building communications The Central Processing Unit (CPU) shall also provide a real-time clock to execute custom time control programs except in fire situations The display interface modules shall be provided for all controls and indicators.

Page 224: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 216 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

U The printer shall provide hard-copy print out of all changes in status of the system and shall timestamp such print outs with the current time- of-day and date. The printer shall be wide carriage with 80-characters per line and shall use standard pin-feed paper. The printer shall be enclosed in a separate cabinet suitable for placement on a desk top or table. The printer shall communicate with the control panel using a fully supervised interface device complying with Electrical Industries Association standard RS 232

V Remote graphic annunciator shall be located in the BMS room at service

yard. The wiring from control panel to remote graphic annunciators shall be multiplexing technique

W The power supply for the panel and all fire monitor and alarm peripherals

shall be integral to the control panel. The power supply shall provide all control panel and peripheral power needs. The audio-visual power may be increased as needed by adding additional modular expansion power supplies. All power supplies shall be designed to meet UL and NFPA requirements for power limit operation on all external signaling lines, including initiating circuits and indicating circuits. Fuses, circuit breakers, or other over-current protection shall be provided on all power outputs. Input power shall be 230 VAC, 50 Hz. The power supply shall provide internal batteries and charger. The battery shall be of sealed lead maintenance free type with a capacity of not less than 4 hours for full system normal operation.

X Provide graphic control panel (in control room) containing labeled switches

and indicator lights to carry out functions as described below: a. single ON/OFF/AUTO control that operates all fans, auto closing doors, and dampers for each zone; b. green LED indicators for fans and dampers to indicate that devices are in normal state; c. red LED indicator for each zone to indicate alarm condition with fan operating and dampers in proper position; d. yellow LED indicator for each zone for any trouble condition

y Provide A graphic command centre (GCC) shall ( control room )provide annunciation, status display and control for network functions using Windows based graphical interface with built-in high resolution, color touch screen display. The GCC screen provides text based instructions and prompts for operator assistance. The GCC must be a standalone network mode communicating via an integral network communications card, over the fire alarm network. Features shall include the following: a.UL listed for fire alarms; b. network annunciation and controls for up to 50,000 network points; c. high resolution minimum 480 mm LCD flat panel colour touch screen with PC computer terminal with key board and mouse control; d. custom action messages and screen selection switches to assist operator

Page 225: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 217 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

response; e. analog sensors on network; f. set host function access remote mode data including information on all individual analog devices; g. multiple operator levels with password control; h. graphical diagnostic tools identify exact status of network mode topology and wiring scheme; i. historical logging up to 500,000 events; j. UPS back-up; k. rack mount kit; l. RS232 ports for connection to printer and other communication interfaces as required; m. graphics screens to provide facility reference information; n. 80 column, thermal head type printer with continuous paper feed provisions. O.The software graphics shall include multi-colour graphic representation of the building, displaying all floors and indicate the location of stairwells, elevators, and other building features to assist the operator. The graphic display shall be divided into the following areas of annunciation for ease of operations: p The vertical module to display the floor by floor layout of the building.

2.B Fire Fan Control Panel (FFCP)

The fire fan control panel for monitoring & control of fire fans ( Smoke extract Fans ) shall be complete with all control modules, control switches and others for a complete system operation and as specified herein. 1 Provide a control panel for the smoke exhaust fans adjacent to the

building Fire Alarm Control Panel. The panel shall provide status indication (via fan differential pressure switches) and manual override for fire brigade personnel.

2 Panel shall be engraved traffolyte. Include diagrams on the panel that show the building outline in plan, an elevation and the location of each fan. Each fan shall be provided with a run / auto / stop switch. In ‘auto’ mode the fans shall run during fire alarm situations. In ‘run’ mode, all other signals shall be overridden to allow fan to run. In ‘stop’ mode all signals shall be overridden to stop the fan. Each fan shall be provided with indicator lights for run, fault, stop and smoke detector at fan inlet activated. Run light signal shall come from differential pressure switch across fan. Fault signal shall come from fan contactor overload.

2.C Fire Man communication Devices

This control centre shall include all required control switches with status indicators for fireman communication system. If there are any other equipment to be controlled, the control switches for such equipment shall

Page 226: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 218 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

be integrated into the control centre. All switches and indicator shall be of modular type. At least 3 sets of fireman portable telephone handset with cabinet shall be provided in each floor.

2.D Analogue Addressable Field Devices 2.d1 Optical smoke Detectors

1 The high performance optical smoke detectors shall be capable of detecting visible combustion gases emanating from fires.

2 The high performance optical smoke detectors shall be design in accordance with the functional requirements of BS standards

3 The high performance optical smoke detectors shall be approved and listed by the Loss Prevention Council Board (LPCB).

4 The high performance optical smoke detectors shall employ the forward scatter principle, using optical components operating at a Wavelength of 4.35 nm.

5 The smoke detector shall have a flashing status indicating LED for visual supervision The detector shall be operable in a temperature range of 0° F to 100°F (-18°C to 38°C), with a maximum air flow of 1,050 feet(320 meters) per minute

6 Sensor shall be equipped with a fine 30 mesh insect screen

2.d2 Heat Detectors

1. The heat detectors shall be capable of detecting rapid rise in temperature and fixed absolute temperatures. The detectors shall operate on the combination of "Rate of-Rise" and "Fixed Temperature" principles. The rate-of-rise method shall detect fires when the rate of heat rises, exceeding 15°F (8°C) per minute. The fixed temperature method shall detect fires that build temperature to a high level at a slow rate, by responding to a temperature setting at 57°C or 68 degree.

2.d3 Beam Smoke Detectors.

1 The beam smoke detectors shall be capable of detecting the presence of smoke in large open-type interiors.

2 The beam smoke detectors shall project a modulated infra-red light beam from a transmitter unit to a receiver unit. The received signal shall be analyzed and, in the event of smoke being present for a pre-determined period, an alarm condition is activated.

3 The detectors shall be capable of providing cover in open areas up to 100m in length and up to 14m wide, giving an effective protection area of up to 1400sq m.

Page 227: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 219 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

4 The fire alarm output of the detectors shall be activated in the event of smoke reducing the signal strength between 40% and 90% for a period of approximately 5 seconds.

5 In the event of a power failure at the transmitter unit or if the transmitted signal is reduced by more than 90% for a period in excess of 1 second, then a fault alarm condition shall be indicated. This condition shall inhibit the fire alarm until the signal is restored.

.6 The receiver unit of the detectors shall be capable of performing an automatic reset, approximately 5 seconds after a fault is indicated, if the fault is no longer present.

7 The detectors shall include Automatic Gain Control (AGC) circuitry capable of providing compensation for long-term degradation of signal strength caused by component ageing or build-up of dirt on the optical surfaces of the transmitter and receiver unit lenses.

.9 The beam smoke detectors shall be approved and listed by the Loss Prevention Council Board (LPCB).

10 The receiver unit of the detectors shall incorporate an alignment/fault lamp, clearly visible from the outside, to provide indication of both alignment and fault conditions.

2.d4 Remote Indicator Module

1 The remote indicator module shall provide a remote indication for any conventional or analogue addressable detector that may be located in an enclosed or locked compartment.

2 The remote indicator module shall be driven directly from its associated local detector.

3 The connection to the remote indicator module shall be monitored for open and short-circuits.

2d5 Addressable Manual Call Points

1 The addressable manual call points shall monitor and signal to the control and indicating equipment the status of a switch operated by a 'break glass' assembly.

Page 228: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 220 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

.2 The addressable manual call point shall meet the requirements of BS5839: Pt.2.

3 The addressable call points shall be capable of operating by means of thumb pressure and not require a hammer.

.4 The addressable call points shall be capable of being mounted in weather-proof affording protection to IP65.

.5 The addressable call points shall incorporate a mechanism to interrupt the normal addressable loop scan to provide an alarm response within less than 1 second.

.6 The addressable call points shall be field programmable to trigger either an alert or an evacuate response from the control and indicating equipment

.7 The addressable call points shall be capable of being tested using a special 'key' without the need for shattering the glass.

.8 The addressable call points shall provide an integral red LED to indicate activation.

2d6 Conventional Detector Interface Module

.1 The conventional detector interface module shall monitor and signal to the control and indicating equipment the status of up to 20 conventional detectors and manual call points.

.2 The conventional detector interface module shall be able to signal alarm, open-circuit fault, short-circuit fault and power supply fault status.

.4 The conventional detector interface module shall provide integral red LED indication when in the alarm state. .5 The conventional detector interface module shall operate from a monitored 24 V d.c. power supply.

2d7 Addressable Relay Output Module

.1 The addressable relay output module shall provide a volt free changeover relay contact operated by command from the control and indicating equipment

.2 The contacts of the addressable relay output module shall be rated at a minimum of 1Amp at 24 V d.c.

Page 229: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 221 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

.3 The addressable relay output module shall monitor the relay coil for open-circuit and transmit the fault signal to the control and indicating equipment

.4 The addressable relay output module shall be capable of deriving its operating power from the addressable loop.

.5 The addressable relay output module shall provide a red LED indication that the relay has operated.

2d8 Addressable Contact Monitoring Module

.1 The addressable contact monitoring module shall provide monitoring of the status of switched input signals from either normally open or normally closed contacts. .2 The addressable contact monitoring module shall provide a red LED indication when the contact has operated. .3 The addressable contact monitor module shall be capable of deriving its power directly from the addressable loop.

2d9 Addressable Sounder Driver Module

.1 The addressable sounder driver module shall be capable of monitoring and driving a circuit of alarm sounders.

.2 The output of the addressable sounder driver module shall be rated at 500mA.

.3 The addressable sounder driver module shall be capable of operating the sounders in a pulsing or continuous mode as determined by the control and indicating equipment

.4 The addressable sounder driver module shall provide the facility to monitor the wiring to the sounders for open or short-circuit and transmit the necessary fault signal to the control and indicating equipment .5 The addressable sounder driver module shall provide the facility to monitor for failure of the power supply for the sounders and transmit the necessary fault signal to the control and indicating equipment

.6 The addressable sounder driver module shall provide a red LED indication that the sounder circuit has been actuated.

Page 230: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 222 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

2d10 Sounder Booster Modules

.1 The sounder booster module shall be capable of monitoring and a driving a heavy duty circuit of sounders up to 15 Amps.

.2 The sounder booster module shall be capable of interfacing either to the common sounder outputs of the control and indicating equipment or to the output of the addressable sounder driver module.

.3 The sounder booster module shall be designed to maintain the monitoring of the sounder circuit and transmit a fault signal either via the addressable sounder driver module or directly to the control and indicating equipment

2d11 Addressable Power Supply Module

.1 The addressable power supply module shall be capable of supplying up to 24 V d.c., 3 Amps of power to local sounder circuits and ancillary equipment.

.2 The addressable power supply module shall derive its power from the 115/240 V a.c. mains supply.

.3 The addressable power supply module shall be able to contain and maintain in a charged state a 24 V battery set of up to 15 A/h capacity. .4 The addressable module shall monitor the mains power supply and the battery and transmit a fault signal as appropriate to the control and indicating equipment

2d12 Line Isolator Module

.1 The line isolator module shall provide protection on the addressable loop by automatically disconnecting the section of wiring between two zones where a short-circuit has occurred. .2 The line isolator module shall derive power directly from the addressable loop. .3 The line isolator module shall provide an LED indication that the module has tripped.

2d13 Smoke Damper Module

.1 The smoke damper module shall provide the inputs and outputs required to monitor and control a smoke damper.

Page 231: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 223 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

.2 The smoke damper module shall be fully addressable and provide one volt-free changeover relay contact rated 240 V a.c. @ 5 Amps.

.4 The changeover relay contact of the smoke damper module shall be monitored and controlled by commands signaled from the fire alarm system control panel via the addressable loop. .5 The smoke damper module shall be capable of monitoring up to two external relay contacts.

.6 The module shall derive its power directly from the addressable loop.

.7 The outputs of the smoke damper module shall be capable of being controlled using a keypad via the addressable loop.

.8 The keypad shall be capable of forcing the relay outputs LOW, HIGH or AUTO. It shall also be capable of reading the status of the relay outputs.

.8 The smoke damper module shall have a red LED, clearly visible on the fascia panel of the unit, to provide an indication of relay operation.

2d14 Shop Unit Module

.1 The shop unit module shall provide all inputs and outputs typically required to interface individual shop units with a landlord’s site-wide monitoring system.

.2 The shop unit module shall be fully addressable and provide multiple volt-free changeover relay contacts rated 24 V d.c. @ 1 Amp.

..4 The changeover relay contacts of the shop unit module shall be monitored and controlled by commands signaled from the monitoring system control panel via the addressable loop

.5 The shop unit module shall be capable of monitoring multiple external relay contacts.

.6 The module shall derive its power directly from the addressable loop.

.7 The shop unit module shall be capable of being link configured to provide 2 inputs/2 outputs, 4 inputs/4 outputs or 6 inputs/6 outputs as required.

.8 The shop unit module shall have six consecutive addresses provided for configuration.

Page 232: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 224 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

3.0 DOCUMENTATION 3.1 Tender Documentation

.1 At the time of tendering, the Fire Alarm contractor shall fully and accurately describe the proposed fire detection and alarm system and its design concepts.

.2 The Fire Alarm contractor shall provide a complete set of layout drawings and specifications describing all aspects of the system, including:

1. Detailed component and equipment list with model and manufacturers part numbers. 2. Product sheets for each item of equipment. 3. Theory of Operations with description of system functions. 4. Compliance statement to the specification 5. Written confirmation that a manufacturer trained representative will provide:

a) on-site supervision during system installation b) perform all final testing and commissioning of the installed system c) Instruct operating personnel on all system operations.

.3 The Fire Alarm contractors shall provide a schedule showing the times required to design, build, install, test and commission the system. The schedule shall also include any special requirements, such as additional training for operating personnel, etc.

3.2 Contract Documentation

.1 The Fire Alarm contractors shall provide a complete set of documents describing the system and its design concepts, installation, final testing, commissioning, and required operating and maintenance procedures.

.2 As a minimum, the following documentation shall be provided for the system:

1. System description. 2. Checklist of equipment and components. 3. Installation instructions. 4. Equipment connection diagrams showing wiring detail of Addressable Device positions with addresses. 5. Standby battery calculations showing system power requirements and formulas used to calculate specified power. 6. Final testing instructions. 7. Commissioning instructions. 8. Certification documents. 9. Log book

Page 233: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 225 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

10. System operating instructions. 11. Routine maintenance instructions and schedules. 12. Remote monitoring link description and operating instructions (if this option is being provided). .3 As a minimum, the following drawings shall be provided for the system:

1. System schematic diagram. 2. Cabling and wiring diagram. 3. Detailed equipment connection diagrams. 4. Building plan showing zoning and location of fire controller, detectors, call points, sounders and ancillary devices.

.4 The Fire Alarm contractors shall provide a complete set of system operating and service manuals for the following:

1. Fire controller 2. Detectors 3. Call points 4. Sounders 5. Ancillary devices 6. Remote monitoring link (if this option is being provided).

.5 The date for submission of all documentation shall be in accordance with the schedule provided by the Fire Alarm contractor and as agreed with the customer.

4.0 INSTALLATION 4.1 General

.1 Correct installations, combined with the use of high quality equipment, components and cabling, ensures that the fire detection and alarm system shall operate as designed and provide many years of trouble-free service.

.2 The Fire Alarm contractors shall install the alarm system in accordance with the documented installation instructions.

.3 The Fire Alarm contractors shall provide all relevant installation documentation required for each component of the system.

.4 Installation of the system shall be in accordance with the recommendations set out in BS 5839: Pt 1: 2002 (Fire detection and alarm systems for buildings - Code of practice for system design, installation and servicing) and BS 7671 (Requirements for Electrical Installations - IEE Wiring Regulations, current Edition).

Page 234: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 226 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

.5 The Fire Alarm contractors shall be responsible for the correct sizing of all equipment and components of the system in accordance with previously agreed plans and drawings.

.6 All cabling and wiring shall be tested before they are connected to the fire controller and its associated devices.

WARNING If the tests are carried out after the cables and wires have been connected to the controller and its devices, components within the controller and the devices will be damaged by high voltages used during testing.

4.2 Materials

.1 All cabling and wiring to be used in the system shall be fire resistant and approved to BSI and LPCB specifications for use in fire detection and alarm systems. (BS 7629-1, bs 6387 cat CWZ, BS 5839-1 2002 for enhanced application, BS 8434-2-120 mts ) .2 Wiring used for driving devices requiring high currents (e.g. bells, etc.) shall limit the voltage drop to less than 10% of the nominal operating voltage.

.3 Cables used for the transmission of system data and alarm signals shall be in accordance with the types recommended by the manufacturer of the fire alarm system. .4 The ends of all cables shall be sealed by means of proprietary seals and associated glands. No heat shall be applied to any seal or termination. Cable tails shall be insulated by means of blank PVC sleeving anchored and sealed into the seal.

.5 Where protection of the cable glands is required or terminations are on display, the glands shall be enclosed in red coloured shrouds of the appropriate British Standard colour. .6 All cables to brick/concrete shall be securely fixed by means of copper saddles sheathed with red PVC. These saddles shall be provided near bends and on straight runs at intervals no greater than recommended in the British Standards or by the manufacturer.

.7 Where multiple cables are to be attached to a wall or soffit, copper saddles shall enclose all cables and shall be secured by means of suitable masonry plugs and two round head plated woodscrews

Page 235: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 227 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

.8 Where multiple cables are to be attached to the top of horizontal trays they shall be neatly run and securely fixed at suitable intervals. Copper or plastic cable fixings shall be used.

.9 At detector and sounder locations, cables shall be terminated in approved black enamelled/galvanised BESA or MI Clamp type junction boxes. All other devices forming part of the system shall utilize dedicated /custom back boxes.

4.3 Installation of Detectors

.1 All detectors (and bases) shall be installed in accordance with guidelines set out in BS 5839: Pt 1: 2001, BS 7671 and the installation instructions provided by the manufacturer.

.2 All detectors shall be installed in the exact locations specified in the design drawings; thus providing the best possible protection.

.3 The type of detector installed in each particular location shall be the type specified in the design drawings.

.4 All detector bases shall be securely fixed to BESA boxes and allow for easy fitting and removal of detectors.

.5 Cable and wire entries to detector bases shall be fitted with grommets to prevent possible damage to the insulation.

.6 Cable and wire strain relief clamps shall be provided at all entries to detector bases.

.7 Cable entries of detector bases used in environments with abnormal atmospheric or operating conditions shall be appropriately sealed to prevent ingress of dust, water, moisture or other such contaminants.

4.4 Installation of Control Devices

.1 All control devices (e.g. call points, sounders, interface modules, etc.) shall be installed in accordance with the guidelines set out in BS 5839: Pt 1: 2002, BS 7671 and the installation instructions provided by the manufacturer.

.2 All control devices and associated modules shall be installed in the exact locations specified in the design drawings.

.3 The type of control device installed in each particular location shall be the type specified in the design drawings.

Page 236: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 228 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

.4 All control devices and associated modules shall be securely fixed, and if required, marked with appropriate notices, warnings, signs as applicable.

.5 Cable and wire entries to all control devices and associated modules shall be fitted with grommets or glands so as to prevent possible damage to the insulation.

.6 Cable and wire strain relief clamps shall be provided at entries to control devices and associated modules as required.

.7 Cable entries of control devices and associated modules used in environments with abnormal atmospheric or operating conditions shall be appropriately sealed to prevent ingress of dust, water, moisture or other such contaminants.

4.5 Installation of Fire Controller Equipment

.1 The fire controller equipment shall be installed in accordance with the guidelines set out in BS 5839: Pt 1: 2002, BS 7671 and the installation instructions provided by the manufacturer.

.2 The fire controller and its associated component parts shall be installed in the location specified in the design drawings.

.3 The type of fire controller and its associated component parts installed shall be the type specified in the design drawings.

.4 The fire controller equipment shall be securely fixed, and if required, marked with appropriate notices, warnings, signs as applicable.

.5 Cable and wire entries to the fire controller and associated devices shall be fitted with grommets or glands to prevent possible damage to the insulation.

.6 Cable and wire strain relief clamps shall be provided at entries to fire controller and associated devices as required.

.7 The fire alarm system mains power connections to the fire controller equipment shall be in accordance with the guidelines set out in the relevant British Standards and the installation instructions provided by the manufacturer.

.8 The fire alarm system mains power isolating switch shall be coloured red and clearly labeled.

FIRE ALARM: DO NOT SWITCH OFF’.

Page 237: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 229 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

.9 Each circuit of the system shall be connected to the fire controller via associated fuse or circuit breaker devices located within the fire controller unit. .10 All cables from the fire controller equipment to the detection and alarm devices shall be clearly labeled as part of the fire detection and alarm system.

5.0 TRAINING

5.1 General

.1 The Fire Alarm contractors shall provide the customer with details of the training required by personnel to operate and maintain the fire detection and alarm system.

.2 The Fire Alarm contractors shall provide two levels of training:

�� System Supervisor Training �� Other Staff Training

.3 The Fire Alarm contractors and the customer shall jointly agree the number of staff to attend the training courses.

5.2 System Supervisor Training

.1 System supervisors training shall include technical training sessions provided at the Fire Alarm contractor’s premises and on-site training given during installation and commissioning of the system.

.2 System supervisors training shall be given by an experienced and competent engineer familiar with the fire system being installed.

.2 The scope of training provided shall depend on the type, size and complexity of the system.

.3 The Fire Alarm contractor shall initially provide technical training in all aspects of the system. The trainee shall then be given full instructions in the use, operation and maintenance of the system. This shall include instruction in the procedures to be followed in the event of fire and false alarms, routine maintenance and testing procedures, and how to keep the Log Book.

5.3 Other Staff Training

.1 Other staff training shall include training sessions provided on-site after hand over of the system.

Page 238: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 230 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

.2 The training sessions shall be given by an experienced and competent engineer familiar with the fire system installed. .3 The scope of training provided shall include full operating instructions in the use of the fire system. This shall include instruction in the procedures to be followed in the event of fire and false alarms. 6 SPARES

The Fire alarm contractor shall provide following minimum spares A Fire alarm pull stations glass break rod - quantity of 20.

B Fire alarm pull stations - quantity of four (4).

C Fire alarm smoke detectors - quantity of four (4) of each type.

D Fire alarm heat detectors - quantity of four (4) of each type. E Fire alarm beam detectors - quantity of one (1)

END OF SECTION - 13850

Page 239: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 231 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

SECTION 16190

CENTRAL BATTERY

Page 240: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 232 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

1.0. General Standards

The Emergency Lighting System and all of its components shall be manufactured by an ISO 9001 / 9002 certified company to meet the requirements of BS 5266, EN 50171, EN 50172 and the local Civil Defence. The Emergency Lighting shall achieve the following requirements:

a) Clearly and unambiguously indicate all egress routes from the building.

b) Illuminate all escape routes / public open areas / staircases to an

illumination level of 1 Lux as a minimum average.

c) Provide illumination to Fire Alarm Call Points, Fire Extinguishers, Hose Reels and other safety equipment as indicated by the engineer.

d) Provide illumination to First Aid points

e) Provide a minimum of 10% of the normal lighting level during mains

failure in hazardous areas as indicated by the engineer.

Points of emphasis a. Near each intersection of corridors; b. Near each exit door;

c. Near each change of direction (other than on a staircase )

d. Near each staircase so that each flight of stairs receives direct light;

e. Near any other change of floor level;

f. Outside each final exit and close to it;

g. Near each fire alarm call point;

h. Near fire fighting equipment;

i. Near exit and safety signs required by the enforcing authority;

j. Near first aid points;

k. In toilets greater than 8m2 and in all toilets for the disabled.

Page 241: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 233 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Note: For the purposes of this clause ‘near’ is normally considered to be within 2m measured horizontally.

2.0 PRODUCTS Central Battery System

The Central Battery System shall compile of individual Static Inverters sited at various locations as indicated on the drawing.

Electrical Construction The system shall be a network of individual Static Inverters sited in approved locations with the following specification: Input Voltage = 220 / 230 / 240 V. A.C. 50 Hz Sine Wave

Output Voltage = 220 / 230 / 240 V. A.C. 50 Hz Sine Wave It shall be possible to convert any fitting / lamp type for emergency lighting purpose without the use of any additional / ancillary equipment. However for the purpose of monitoring , an addressable interface relay is permitted.

Rectifier Full Wave Controlled Thyristor / Diode Bridge Input Power Factor 0.9 – 1 Charge Current Factor C 10

Charger and Controls

Mains Supply: 230 + 10% VAC single phase.50hz

Input Control: MCB to BS3871 Pt. 1, or BS4752 Part 1.

Fuse gear: HRC type BS88.

Terminals: DIN rail mounted near to cable entry

Transformer: Double wound with earth screen to BS171.

Contactor: Standard contactors comply with the requirements of BS 5424

Page 242: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 234 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Charger: Constant voltage, current-limited type with electronic solid state controller. Voltage is controlled to within 2% of setting at up to 10% mains supply variations.

Temperature Compensation: Fitted as standard on all units with lead

acid cells. The charger voltage is automatically adjusted with reference to ambient temperature to optimise charging and battery life.

Boost Control: A key-operated manual boost/commissioning

switch is fitted to units with vented batteries.

Test Push-button: Simulates mains failure.

INVERTER

Output voltage: Pre-settable in the range 220-240VAC.Unless otherwise advised, the output will be set at 230VAC. The voltage tolerance is 2% on loads of 0-100% of system rating.

Frequency: 50 or 60hz. + 0.01%. Standard

setting 50hz.

Waveform: Sinusoidal.

Voltage Regulation: Static 2%, dynamic 6%.

Isolation: 2 kv rms between input and output terminals.

Total Harmonic Distortion: Less than 3% into a linear load

Power Factor: Will supply load in the 0.3 lag-0.3 lead range.

Overload: 200% for 10 seconds, 125% for 20

minutes without reduction in output voltage.

Start-up Time: Standard 30mS. Soft start up to 10

seconds if required.

Page 243: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 235 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Noise Level: Less than 55dBA at 1 metre.

Efficiency: 85-89%.

Protection: DC input and AC output MCBs

DC input reverse polarity protection. Reverse-fed mains proof.

Low voltage shut down: The inverter module(s) automatically shut down when the battery discharges to a pre-set level. Re-set is following a combination of the restoration of the mains supply and an increase in battery voltage above the disconnect threshold level.

Residual current drain when the disconnect circuit has operated is less than 1mA per module.

Inhibit: An inhibit switch to control the

inverter is fitted on a user control PCB in the cubicle.

Technology: Pulse width modulation with high

frequency switching. Environmental Conditions

Ambient Temperature (Nominal) 400C Manufacture Standard BS 5266 and EN 50171 Display Panel:

Composite fascia with LCD voltmeter and LED indication of “power on”, “float mode”, “current limit”, “maintained lights” and “boost mode” ( when fitted ), inverter running.

All incoming and outgoing Terminals shall be Din Rail mounted. All load circuits shall be double pole MCB protected

Page 244: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 236 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

Mechanical Construction

The Central Battery Inverter cabinet shall be sheet steel, powder coated paintwork RAL 9002, Grey in colour. The cabinet shall be IP 31 with hinged front door for complete access. The display panel shall be mounted flush in the cabinet facia. If the batteries cannot be accommodated in the inverter enclosure then they shall be installed in a separate adjacent enclosure to the same specification at the inverter cabinet.

Addressable Final Sub –Circuit Monitoring

The Central Battery System design shall incorporate phase monitoring. When a normal lighting phase fails the dedicated emergency fittings shall be powered from the inverter supply. The inverter supply shall be either the incoming mains supply to the inverter cabinet or the inverted battery supply in the case of cabinet mains failure. This facility ensures that the batteries are only used on a full mains failure. For purpose of troubleshooting & maintenance it is necessary that the sub – circuit monitors be addressable type.

Batteries

The Batteries shall be maintenance free sealed lead acid, gas recombination type with a minimum design life of 10 years. They shall have extremely low gas generation, low self-discharge and have permanently sealed pressure release vents. Care should be taken to store/install these batteries in areas, which are free of prolonged extreme temperatures. The Batteries shall be sized to power the complete system for 3 hours following mains failure at 100% light output of all emergency lamps.

The facility of constant monitoring shall be available. Any exit sign or sub-circuit failure shall be immediately reported to the local monitoring panel and onward to all network panels. This facility enables immediate response to fitting or / and area failures. This facility should not rely on automatic or manual tests for failure indication. It shall be possible to program automatic testing of fittings individually, by group or complete system. All failures shall be indicated globally on the secure network. Each local panel shall hold its own program in a non-volatile memory and act as a stand-alone system in the event of network failure.

Page 245: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 237 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

ANNEXURE LIST OF APPROVED MANUFACTURERS + APPROVED EQUIVALENTS

NO ITEM DESCRIPTION

MANUFACTURER 1 MANUFACTURER 2 MANUFACTURER 3

1 Cast resin Transformer

France Transformer (France)

ABB (Spain) Areva (France)

2 HV Switchgears Schneider (France)

ABB (Italy)

Siemens (Germany)

3 Protection Relays Schneider (France)

ABB (Italy)

Areva (France)

4 11KV Ring main units (if applicable)

Schneider (France)

ABB (Italy)

5 High Voltage current and voltage Transformers

Schneider (France)

ABB (Finland)

AEG (Germany)

6 Low Voltage current and voltage Transformers

Schneider (France)

Siemens (Germany)

Crompton (UK)

3 LV panel Boards Schneider (all components from France, local assembly)

ABB (all, components from Italy/Spain local assembly)

Siemens (all company from Germany, local assembly)

4 Generator Caterpillar (USA )

SDMO (France)

Cummins (USA)

5 Capacitor Bank Varplus –Schneider (UK)

Frako (Germany)

ABB (UK)

6 HV / LV Cable Ducab (UAE)

Saudi Cable (UAE)

OMAN Cable (UAE)

7 LV Switchgear components (ACB,MCCB,MCB RCBO,ISOLATOR )

Schneider (all components from France)

ABB (all, components from Italy/Spain )

Siemens (all company from Germany, local assembly)

8 Lightning protection and earthing

Furse (UK)

Helita (France )

Wallis / Erico (UK)

9 Wiring accessories Clipsal (Australia)

MK (UK)

Legrand (France)

Page 246: 2.4- Electrical Specification

Gulf House Engineering January 2010

07-C106 NOVOTEL AL DANA RESORT TOWERS 238 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATION (DRAFT)

10 PVC Wires Ducab (UAE)

Saudi Cable (UAE)

OMAN Cable (UAE)

11 Cable Tray Legrand (France)

Omini (KSA)

WESCOSA (KSA)

12 PVC Conduit / GI Conduit

Maruichi (japan)

Clipsal (Australia)

EGA –TUBE ( KSA)

13 Cable Duct / trunking

MK (uk)

Omini (KSA)

Decoduct

14 Low Voltage Variable Frequency Drives

Schenider (France)

ABB (Italy)

Siemens (Germany)

15 Substation battery

Exide (USA)

Chloride (Italy)

Alclad (uk)

16 Battery Charger Exide (USA)

Chloride (Italy)

Nife ( Norway)

17 Central Battery system

Cooper (UK)

Thomas & Betts (UK)

JSB (UK)

18 UPS Chloride (Italy)

Bori (italy)

Merlin Gerin (France)

19 Fire resistant cable

Draka (UK)

Pirelli (Germany)

Furukawa (Japan)

20 Fire Alarm systems

Honeywell (USA)

EST (Canada)

Thorn (UK)